Quarterlytics / Industrials / Railroads / Union Pacific

Union Pacific

unp · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker unp
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Railroads
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Union Pacific
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 

(Mark One) 

[X] 

[  ] 

OR 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the transition period from __________ to ____________ 

Commission File Number 1-6075 
UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

UTAH 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
 incorporation or organization) 

13-2626465 
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

1400 DOUGLAS STREET, OMAHA, NEBRASKA 
(Address of principal executive offices) 
68179 
(Zip Code) 
(402) 544-5000 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 
Title of each Class  
Common Stock (Par Value $2.50 per share) 
 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities 
Act.

 Yes       (cid:31) No 















 

 

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of 
the Act. 

(cid:31) Yes       No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) 
of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the 
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 
days.

 Yes      (cid:31) No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, 
if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 
(§232.405  of  this  chapter)  during  the  preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was 
required to submit and post such files).  

 Yes      (cid:31) No 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this 
chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive 
proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  

                (cid:31) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated 
filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company.    See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer”  and 
“smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer (cid:31)     Non-accelerated filer (cid:31)     Smaller reporting company (cid:31) 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  

(cid:31) Yes       No 

As of June 30, 2014, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates (using the 
New York Stock Exchange closing price) was $89.4 billion. 

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Common Stock as of January 30, 2015 was 881,284,029. 

  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Documents Incorporated by Reference – Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 14, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of 
this report. The registrant’s Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
pursuant to Regulation 14A. 

UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Chairman’s Letter ....................................................................................................        3 
Directors and Senior Management .........................................................................        4 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

Business .................................................................................................................        5 
Risk Factors ............................................................................................................       10 
Unresolved Staff Comments ...................................................................................       14 
Properties ................................................................................................................       14 
Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................       16 
Mine Safety Disclosures .........................................................................................       18 
Executive Officers of the Registrant and Principal Executive 

Officers of Subsidiaries .....................................................................................       19 

Item 5. 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related  

PART II 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Item 7A. 
Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Item 9A. 

Item 9B. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

Item 15. 

Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities  ....................       20 
Selected Financial Data ..........................................................................................       22 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 

Condition and Results of Operations ................................................................       23 
Critical Accounting Policies .....................................................................................       43 
Cautionary Information ............................................................................................       48 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..................................       49 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ......................................................       50 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................       51 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on  

Accounting and Financial Disclosure ................................................................       85 
Controls and Procedures ........................................................................................       85 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over 

Financial Reporting ...........................................................................................       86 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................       87 
Other Information ....................................................................................................       88 

PART III 

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance .....................................       88 
Executive Compensation ........................................................................................       88 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
  Management and Related Stockholder Matters ...............................................       89 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and  

Director Independence .....................................................................................       89 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services .................................................................       89 

PART IV 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules ................................................................       90 
Signatures ...............................................................................................................       91 
Certifications ...........................................................................................................       101 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fellow Shareholders: 

February 6, 2015 

I  am  happy  to  report  another  successful  year  for  Union  Pacific  in  2014.  We  set  numerous  financial 
records, achieving record earnings per share of $5.75 while improving our operating ratio to a record low 
63.5  percent,  2.6  points  better  than  2013.    Our  return  on  invested  capital*  was  an  all-time  high  of  16.2 
percent,  up  1.5  percentage  points  year-over-year.  As  a  result,  Union  Pacific  was  able  to  reward  its 
shareholders  with  increased  returns  in  2014.    We  increased  our  quarterly  declared  dividend  per  share 
twice last year, with total dividends declared for 2014 growing 29 percent compared to the full year 2013. 
We also repurchased $3.2 billion in Union Pacific shares, a 45 percent increase from 2013.  UP’s stock 
price  reached  an  all-time  high  in  2014,  increasing  42  percent,  and  outpacing  the  S&P  500  by  30 
percentage points. 

Union Pacific handled robust volume growth of 7 percent last year.  A record grain harvest and increased 
frac  sand  shipments  drove  particularly  strong  growth  in  Agricultural  Products  and  Industrial  Products, 
respectively.    Increased  international  volumes  and  continued  highway-to-rail  conversions  also  drove 
strong growth in Intermodal.  Our Automotive and Coal businesses recorded modest volume gains over 
2013,  while  our  Chemicals  business  was  up  slightly,  as  growth  in  base  chemicals  more  than  offset  a 
decline in crude-by-rail shipments during the year.   

Throughout the year we maintained our unrelenting focus on safety.  We achieved an all-time record low 
reportable  personal  injury  rate  while  the  reportable  rate  for  rail  equipment  incidents  improved  7  percent 
over last year. The team has made great progress on our way toward achieving our ultimate goal of an 
incident free environment. Our commitment to risk reduction, Courage to Care, and Total Safety Culture 
will continue to lead the way so that every employee returns home safely. 

Strong  carload  growth  combined  with  significant  weather  disruptions  to  affect  the  performance  of  our 
network  during  2014.      Average  system  velocity,  as  reported  to  the  AAR,  decreased  8  percent  and 
average terminal dwell increased 12 percent when compared to 2013. Throughout 2014 we worked hard 
to  improve  the  fluidity  of  our  network  and  the  service  we  provided  to  our  customers.    In  total,  we 
increased  our  TE&Y  workforce  by  more  than  1,700  employees  and  added  around  800  locomotives, 
including  261  new  units,  to  our  active  fleet.    We  are  encouraged  by  the  progress  we  have  made,  and 
remain committed to further improvement. 

Our  capital  program  helps  ensure  we  have  the  resources  and  network  capacity  required  to  handle  our 
current  volumes  as  well  as  future  growth.    In  total  we  spent  $4.1  billion  in  2014,  strengthening  the 
franchise.  This included $2.3 billion in replacement capital to harden our infrastructure, and to improve 
the  safety  and  resiliency  of  our  network.    In  addition,  we  spent  $1.4  billion  on  service,  growth,  and 
productivity initiatives driven by  investments in capacity, commercial facilities, and equipment.  We also 
continued  to  make  progress  toward  completing  the  federally  mandated  Positive  Train  Control  project. 
Going forward, we will continue to focus on generating the strong returns needed to support our ongoing 
capital investment. 

With our extensive geographic coverage, our unparalleled access to Gulf and West Coast ports, and the 
industry’s best access to Mexico, Union Pacific is well-positioned to compete successfully across a wide 
variety  of  business  segments.    In  a  dynamic  environment,  this  diversity  is  a  great  strength  of  our 
franchise, which will enable us to serve the growing markets of tomorrow. 

As always, there will be challenges to overcome in the year ahead, but we also see growth opportunities 
to be realized across many of our business sectors.  Efficiency is also a cornerstone of our success, and 
we  will  continue  to  build  on  the  progress  we’ve  made  in  improving  our  network  capabilities  so  we  can 
provide the safe, reliable service our customers expect and deserve. 

I could not be more proud of the dedicated men and women of Union Pacific who have worked so hard to 
achieve our success this past year.  I am confident that our team will continue to develop the potential of 
our strong franchise, enhancing the value proposition for our customers, and providing increasing returns 
for our shareholders. 

Chairman 

3 

*See Item 7 of this report for reconciliations to U.S. GAAP.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Andrew H. Card, Jr. 
President  
Franklin Pierce University 
Board Committees: Audit, 
Compensation and Benefits 

Erroll B. Davis, Jr. 
Former Chairman, 
President & CEO 
Alliant Energy Corporation 
Board Committees: Compensation 
and Benefits (Chair), Corporate 
Governance and Nominating 

David B. Dillon 
Former Chairman 
The Kroger Company 
Board Committees: Audit, 
Compensation and Benefits 

Lance M. Fritz 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation and 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

SENIOR MANAGEMENT 

John J. Koraleski 
Chairman of the Board 
Union Pacific Corporation and 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Lance M. Fritz 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation and 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Eric L. Butler 
Executive Vice President- 
Marketing and Sales 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Diane K. Duren 
Executive Vice President and  
Corporate Secretary 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Mary Sanders Jones 
Vice President and Treasurer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT 

Judith Richards Hope 
Emerita Professor of Law and 
Distinguished Visitor from Practice  
Georgetown University Law Center 
Board Committees: Corporate  
Governance and Nominating, 
Finance  

John J. Koraleski 
Chairman of the Board 
Union Pacific Corporation and 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Charles C. Krulak 
General, USMC, Ret. 
President 
Birmingham – Southern College 
Board Committees: Audit, Finance 

Michael R. McCarthy 
Chairman 
McCarthy Group, LLC 
Board Committees: Corporate  
Governance and Nominating, 
Finance (Chair) 

Michael W. McConnell 
General Partner and  
Former Managing Partner 
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 
Board Committees: Audit (Chair), 
Finance  

Thomas F. McLarty III 
President 
McLarty Associates 
Board Committees: Finance, 
Corporate Governance and 
Nominating 

Steven R. Rogel 
Former Chairman  
Weyerhaeuser Company 
Lead Independent Director 
Board Committees: Compensation 
and Benefits, Corporate Governance 
and Nominating (Chair) 

Jose H. Villarreal 
Advisor 
Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer & 
Feld, LLP 
Board Committees: Audit, 
Compensation and Benefits 

D. Lynn Kelley 
Vice President–Supply and  
Continuous Improvement  
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Robert M. Knight, Jr. 
Executive Vice President–Finance 
and Chief Financial Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Joseph E. O’Connor, Jr. 
Vice President–Labor Relations 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Patrick J. O’Malley 
Vice President–Taxes and General 
Tax Counsel 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Michael A. Rock 
Vice President–External Relations 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Cameron A. Scott 
Executive Vice President – 
Operations 
Union Pacific Railroad Company 

Lynden L. Tennison 
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Gayla L. Thal 
Senior Vice President–Law 
and General Counsel 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Jeffrey P. Totusek 
Vice President and Controller 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Robert W. Turner 
Senior Vice President– 
Corporate Relations 
Union Pacific Corporation 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1. Business  

GENERAL 

PART I 

Union Pacific Railroad is the principal operating company of Union Pacific Corporation. One of America's 
most  recognized  companies,  Union  Pacific  Railroad  links  23  states  in  the  western  two-thirds  of  the 
country by rail, providing a critical link in the global supply chain.  The Railroad’s diversified business mix 
includes  Agricultural  Products,  Automotive,  Chemicals,  Coal,  Industrial  Products  and  Intermodal.  Union 
Pacific  serves many of the fastest-growing U.S. population centers, operates from all major West Coast 
and Gulf Coast ports to eastern gateways, connects with Canada's rail systems and is the only railroad 
serving all six major Mexico gateways. Union Pacific  provides value to its roughly 10,000 customers by 
delivering products in a safe, reliable, fuel-efficient and environmentally responsible manner. 

Union Pacific Corporation was incorporated in Utah in 1969 and maintains its principal executive offices 
at  1400  Douglas  Street,  Omaha,  NE  68179.  The  telephone  number  at  that  address  is  (402)  544-5000. 
The common stock of Union Pacific Corporation is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under 
the symbol “UNP”.  

For  purposes  of  this  report,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  all  references  herein  to  “UPC”, 
“Corporation”, “Company”, “we”, “us”, and “our” shall mean Union Pacific Corporation and its subsidiaries, 
including Union Pacific Railroad Company, which we separately refer to as “UPRR” or the “Railroad”.  

Available Information – Our Internet website is www.up.com. We make available free of charge on our 
website (under the “Investors” caption link) our Annual Reports on Form 10-K; our Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q; eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) documents; our current reports on Form 8-
K; our proxy statements; Forms 3, 4, and 5, filed on behalf of our directors and certain executive officers; 
and amendments to such reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended  (the  Exchange  Act).  We  provide  these  reports  and  statements  as  soon  as  reasonably 
practicable  after  such  material  is  electronically  filed  with,  or  furnished  to,  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission (SEC). We also make available on our website previously filed SEC reports and exhibits via 
a  link  to  EDGAR  on  the  SEC’s  Internet  site  at  www.sec.gov.  Additionally,  our  corporate  governance 
materials, including By-Laws, Board Committee charters, governance guidelines and policies, and codes 
of  conduct  and  ethics  for  directors,  officers,  and  employees  are  available  on  our  website.  From  time  to 
time,  the  corporate  governance  materials  on  our  website  may  be  updated  as  necessary  to  comply  with 
rules issued by the SEC and the NYSE or as desirable to promote the effective and efficient governance 
of our company. Any security holder wishing to receive, without charge, a copy of any of our SEC filings 
or corporate governance materials should send a written request to: Secretary, Union Pacific Corporation, 
1400 Douglas Street, Omaha, NE 68179. 

We  have  included  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO)  certifications 
regarding  our  public  disclosure  required  by  Section  302  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  as  Exhibits 
31(a) and (b) to this report.  

References to our website address in this report, including references in Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7, are provided as a convenience and do 
not constitute, and should not be deemed, an incorporation by reference of the information contained on, 
or available through, the website. Therefore, such information should not be considered part of this report. 

OPERATIONS 

The  Railroad,  along  with  its  subsidiaries  and  rail  affiliates,  is  our  one  reportable  operating  segment. 
Although we provide revenue by commodity group, we analyze the net financial results of the Railroad as 
one  segment  due  to  the  integrated  nature  of  our  rail  network.  Additional  information  regarding  our 
business  and  operations,  including  revenue  and  financial  information  and  data  and  other  information 
regarding  environmental  matters,  is  presented  in  Risk  Factors,  Item  1A;  Legal  Proceedings,  Item  3; 
Selected  Financial  Data,  Item  6;  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results  of  Operations,  Item  7;  and  the  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Item  8  (which 
include information regarding revenues, statements of income, and total assets).  

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
two-thirds  of 

2014 Freight Revenue 

Operations  –  UPRR  is  a  Class  I  railroad 
operating  in  the  U.S.  We  have  31,974  route 
miles,  linking  Pacific  Coast  and  Gulf  Coast 
ports  with  the  Midwest  and  eastern  U.S. 
gateways  and  providing  several  corridors  to 
key  Mexican  gateways.  We  serve 
the 
Western 
the  country  and 
maintain coordinated schedules with other rail 
carriers  to  move  freight  to  and  from  the 
Atlantic  Coast, 
the 
the  Pacific  Coast, 
the  Southwest,  Canada,  and 
Southeast, 
traffic  moves 
Mexico.  Export  and 
through  Gulf  Coast  and  Pacific  Coast  ports 
and  across 
the  Mexican  and  Canadian 
borders.  Our  freight  traffic  consists  of  bulk, 
manifest, and premium business. Bulk traffic primarily consists of coal, grain, soda ash, ethanol, rock and 
crude  oil  shipped  in  unit  trains  –  trains  transporting  a  single  commodity  from  one  source  to  one 
destination.  Manifest  traffic  includes  individual  carload  or  less  than  train-load  business  involving 
commodities  such  as  lumber,  steel,  paper,  food  and  chemicals.  The  transportation  of  finished  vehicles, 
auto parts, intermodal containers and truck trailers are included as part of our premium business. In 2014, 
we generated freight revenues totaling $22.6 billion from the following six commodity groups: 

import 

Agricultural Products – Transportation of grains, commodities produced from these grains, and food and 
beverage products generated 17% of the Railroad’s 2014 freight revenue. The Company accesses most 
major  grain  markets,  linking  the  Midwest  and  Western  U.S.  producing  areas  to  export  terminals  in  the 
Pacific Northwest and Gulf Coast ports, as well as Mexico. We also serve significant domestic markets, 
including grain processors, animal feeders and ethanol producers in the Midwest, West, South and Rocky 
Mountain states. Unit trains, which transport a single commodity between producers and export terminals 
or domestic markets, represent approximately 42% of our agricultural shipments. 

Automotive – We are the largest automotive carrier west of the Mississippi River and operate or access 
over  40  vehicle  distribution  centers.  The  Railroad’s  extensive  franchise  serves  five  vehicle  assembly 
plants and connects to West Coast ports, Mexico gateways and the Gulf of Mexico to accommodate both 
import  and  export  shipments.  In  addition  to  transporting  finished  vehicles,  UPRR  provides  expedited 
handling of automotive parts in both boxcars and intermodal containers destined for Mexico, the U.S. and 
Canada. The automotive group generated 9% of Union Pacific’s freight revenue in 2014.  

Chemicals  –  Transporting  chemicals  generated  16%  of  our  freight  revenue  in  2014.  The  Railroad’s 
unique  franchise  serves  the  chemical  producing  areas  along  the  Gulf  Coast,  where  roughly  60%  of  the 
Company’s  chemical  business  originates,  terminates  or  travels.  Our  chemical  franchise  also  accesses 
chemical producers in the Rocky Mountains and on the West Coast. The Company’s chemical shipments 
include  four  broad  categories:    petrochemicals,  fertilizer,  soda  ash,  and  other.  Petrochemicals  include 
industrial  chemicals,  plastics,  and  petroleum  products,  including  crude  oil  and  liquid  petroleum  gases. 
Currently,  these  products  move  primarily  to  and  from  the  Gulf  Coast  region.  Fertilizer  movements 
originate in the Gulf Coast region, the western U.S. and Canada (through interline access) for delivery to 
major  agricultural  users  in  the  Midwest,  western  U.S.,  as  well  as  abroad.  Soda  ash  originates  in 
southwestern  Wyoming  and  California,  destined  for  chemical  and  glass  producing  markets  in  North 
America and abroad. Other shipments include sodium products, phosphorus rock and sulfur. 

Coal  –  Shipments  of  coal  and  petroleum  coke  accounted  for  18%  of  our  freight  revenue  in  2014.  The 
Railroad’s network supports the transportation of coal and petroleum coke to independent and regulated 
power  companies  and  industrial  facilities  throughout  the  U.S.  Through  interchange  gateways  and  ports, 
UPRR’s  reach  extends  to  eastern  U.S.  utilities,  Mexico,  Europe  and  Asia.  Water  terminals  allow  the 
Railroad to move western U.S. coal east via the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers, as well as the Great Lakes. 
Export coal moves through West Coast ports to Asia and through the Mississippi River and Houston to 
Europe.    Coal  traffic  originating  in  the  Southern  Powder  River  Basin  (SPRB)  area  of  Wyoming  is  the 
largest segment of the Railroad’s coal business. 

Industrial Products – Our extensive network facilitates the movement of numerous commodities between 
thousands  of  origin  and  destination  points  throughout  North  America.  The  Industrial  Products  group 
consists  of  several  categories,  including  construction  products,  minerals,  consumer  goods,  metals, 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
lumber, paper, and other miscellaneous products.  In 2014, this group generated 20% of Union Pacific’s 
total  freight  revenue.  Commercial,  residential  and  governmental  infrastructure  investments  drive 
shipments  of  steel,  aggregates  (cement  components),  cement  and  wood  products.    Oil  and  gas  drilling 
generates demand for raw steel, finished pipe, frac sand, stone and drilling fluid commodities. Industrial 
and  light  manufacturing  plants  receive  steel,  nonferrous  materials,  minerals  and  other  raw  materials. 
Paper  and  packaging  commodities,  as  well  as  appliances,  move  to  major  metropolitan  areas  for 
consumers. Lumber shipments originate primarily in the Pacific Northwest and western Canada and move 
throughout the U.S. for use in new home construction and repair and remodeling. 

Intermodal  –  Our  Intermodal  business  includes  two  segments:  international  and  domestic.  International 
business  consists  of  import  and  export  container  traffic  that  mainly  passes  through  West  Coast  ports 
served  by  UPRR’s  extensive  terminal  network.  Domestic  business  includes  container  and  trailer  traffic 
picked  up  and  delivered  within  North  America  for  intermodal  marketing  companies  (primarily  shipper 
agents and logistics companies), as well as truckload carriers. Less-than-truckload and package carriers 
with  time-sensitive  business  requirements  are  also  an  important  part  of  domestic  shipments.  Together, 
international and domestic business generated 20% of UPC’s 2014 freight revenue. 

Seasonality – Some of the commodities we carry have peak shipping seasons, reflecting either or both 
the  nature  of  the  commodity  (such  as  certain  agricultural  and  food  products  that  have  specific  growing 
and  harvesting  seasons)  and  the  demand  cycle  for  the  commodity  (such  as  intermodal  traffic  that 
generally peaks during the third quarter to meet holiday-related demand for consumer goods during the 
fourth  quarter).  The  peak  shipping  seasons  for  these  commodities  can  vary  considerably  each  year 
depending  upon  various  factors,  including  the  strength  of  domestic  and  international  economies  and 
currencies  and  the  strength  of  harvests  and  market  prices  for  agricultural  products.  In  response  to  an 
annual  request  from  the  Surface  Transportation  Board  (STB)  of  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation 
(DOT) to all of the Class I railroads operating in the U.S., we submit a publicly available letter during the 
third quarter detailing our plans for handling traffic during the third and fourth quarters and providing other 
information requested by the STB. 

Working  Capital  –  At  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  we  had  a  modest  working  capital  surplus,  which 
provides enhanced liquidity. In addition, we believe we have adequate access to capital markets to meet 
any  foreseeable  cash  requirements,  and  we  have  sufficient  financial  capacity  to  satisfy  our  current 
liabilities. 

Competition  –  We  are  subject  to  competition  from  other  railroads,  motor  carriers,  ship  and  barge 
operators, and pipelines. Our main railroad competitor is Burlington Northern Santa Fe LLC. Its primary 
subsidiary,  BNSF  Railway  Company  (BNSF),  operates  parallel  routes  in  many  of  our  main  traffic 
corridors. In addition, we operate in corridors served by other railroads and motor carriers. Motor carrier 
competition exists for five of our six commodity groups (excluding most coal shipments). Because of the 
proximity of our routes to major inland and Gulf Coast waterways, barges can be particularly competitive, 
especially  for  grain  and  bulk  commodities  in  certain  areas  where  we  operate.  In  addition  to  price 
competition, we face competition with respect to transit times, quality and reliability of service from motor 
carriers and other railroads. Motor carriers in particular can have an advantage over railroads with respect 
to  transit  times  and  timeliness  of  service.    However,  railroads  are  much  more  fuel-efficient  than  trucks, 
which  reduces  the  impact  of  transporting  goods  on  the  environment  and  public  infrastructure,  and  we 
have been making efforts to convert certain truck traffic to rail.  Additionally, we must build or acquire and 
maintain  our  rail  system;  trucks  and  barges  are  able  to  use  public  rights-of-way  maintained  by  public 
entities. Any of the following could also affect the competitiveness of our transportation services for some 
or all of our commodities: (i) improvements or expenditures materially increasing the quality or reducing 
the  costs  of  these  alternative  modes  of  transportation,  (ii)  legislation  that  eliminates  or  significantly 
reduces  the  size  or  weight  limitations  applied  to  motor  carriers,  or  (iii)  legislation  or  regulatory  changes 
that  impose  operating  restrictions  on  railroads  or  that  adversely  affect  the  profitability  of  some  or  all 
railroad  traffic.    For  more  information  regarding  risks  we  face  from  competition,  see  the  Risk  Factors  in 
Item 1A of this report. 

Key Suppliers – We depend on two key domestic suppliers of high horsepower locomotives. Due to the 
capital  intensive  nature  of  the  locomotive  manufacturing  business  and  sophistication  of  this  equipment, 
potential new suppliers face high barriers of entry into this industry. Therefore, if one of these domestic 
suppliers discontinues manufacturing locomotives for any reason, including insolvency or bankruptcy, we 
could  experience  a  significant  cost  increase  and  risk  reduced  availability  of  the  locomotives  that  are 
necessary to our operations. Additionally, for a high percentage of our rail purchases, we utilize two steel 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
producers  (one  domestic  and  one  international)  that  meet  our  specifications.  Rail  is  critical  for 
maintenance, replacement, improvement, and expansion of our network and facilities. Rail manufacturing 
also  has  high  barriers  of  entry,  and,  if  one  of  those  suppliers  discontinues  operations  for  any  reason, 
including insolvency or bankruptcy, we could experience cost increases and difficulty obtaining rail. 

Employees  –  Approximately  85%  of  our  47,201  full-time-equivalent  employees  are  represented  by  14 
major rail unions. On January 1, 2015, current labor agreements became subject to modification and we 
began the current round of negotiations with the unions. Existing agreements remain in effect until new 
agreements  are  reached  or  the  Railway  Labor  Act’s  procedures  (which  include  mediation,  cooling-off 
periods,  and  the  possibility  of  Presidential  Emergency  Boards  and  Congressional  intervention)  are 
exhausted.    Contract  negotiations  historically  continue  for  an  extended  period  of  time  and  we  rarely 
experience work stoppages while negotiations are pending. 

Railroad  Security  –  Our  security  efforts  consist  of  a  wide  variety  of  measures  including  employee 
training,  engagement  with  our  customers,  training  of  emergency  responders,  and  partnerships  with 
numerous  federal,  state,  and  local  government  agencies.    While  federal  law  requires  us  to  protect  the 
confidentiality of our security plans designed to safeguard against terrorism and other security incidents, 
the following provides a general overview of our security initiatives.   

UPRR  Security  Measures  –  We  maintain  a  comprehensive  security  plan  designed  to  both  deter  and 
respond to any potential or actual threats as they arise.  The plan includes four levels of alert status, each 
with  its  own  set  of  countermeasures.    We  employ  our  own  police  force,  consisting  of  more  than  200 
commissioned  and  highly-trained  officers.  Our  employees  also  undergo  recurrent  security  and 
preparedness  training,  as  well  as  federally-mandated  hazardous  materials  and  security  training.  We 
regularly  review  the  sufficiency  of  our  employee  training  programs.  We  maintain  the  capability  to  move 
critical operations to back-up facilities in different locations. 

We operate an emergency response management center 24 hours a day.  The center receives reports of 
emergencies,  dangerous  or  potentially  dangerous  conditions,  and  other  safety  and  security  issues  from 
our  employees,  the  public,  and  law  enforcement  and  other  government  officials.    In  cooperation  with 
government  officials,  we  monitor  both  threats  and  public  events,  and,  as  necessary,  we  may  alter  rail 
traffic flow at times of concern to minimize risk to communities and our operations.  We comply with the 
hazardous  materials  routing  rules  and  other  requirements  imposed  by  federal  law.    We  also  design  our 
operating plan to expedite the movement of hazardous material shipments to minimize the time rail cars 
remain  idle  at  yards  and  terminals  located  in  or  near  major  population  centers.    Additionally,  in 
compliance  with  Transportation  Security  Agency  regulations,  we  deployed  information  systems  and 
instructed  employees  in  tracking  and  documenting  the  handoff  of  Rail  Security  Sensitive  Materials  with 
customers and interchange partners. 

We also have established a number of our own innovative safety and security-oriented initiatives ranging 
from  various  investments  in  technology  to  The  Officer  on  the  Train  program,  which  provides  local  law 
enforcement  officers  with  the  opportunity  to  ride  with  train  crews  to  enhance  their  understanding  of 
railroad  operations  and  risks.  Our  staff  of  information  security  professionals  continually  assesses  cyber 
security  risks  and  implements  mitigation  programs  that  evolve  with  the  changing  technology  threat 
environment. To date, we have not experienced any material disruption of our operations due to a cyber 
threat or attack directed at us. 

Cooperation  with  Federal,  State,  and  Local  Government  Agencies  –  We  work  closely  on  physical  and 
cyber security initiatives with government agencies, including the DOT and the Department of Homeland 
Security  (DHS)  as  well  as  local  police  departments,  fire  departments,  and  other  first  responders.    In 
conjunction with the Association of American Railroads (AAR), we sponsor Ask Rail, a mobile application 
which  provides  first  responders  with  secure  links  to  electronic  information,  including  commodity  and 
emergency  response  information  required  by  emergency  personnel  to  respond  to  accidents  and  other 
situations.    We  also  participate  in  the  National  Joint  Terrorism  Task  Force,  a  multi-agency  effort 
established  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Justice  and  the  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  to  combat  and 
prevent terrorism.   

We  work  with  the  Coast  Guard,  U.S.  Customs  and  Border  Protection  (CBP),  and  the  Military  Transport 
Management  Command,  which  monitor  shipments  entering  the  UPRR  rail  network  at  U.S.  border 
crossings  and  ports.    We  were  the  first  railroad  in  the  U.S.  to  be  named  a  partner  in  CBP’s  Customs-

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade Partnership Against Terrorism, a partnership designed to develop, enhance, and maintain effective 
security processes throughout the global supply chain. 

Cooperation with Customers and Trade Associations – Through TransCAER (Transportation Community 
Awareness  and  Emergency  Response)  we  work  with  the  AAR,  the  American  Chemistry  Council,  the 
American Petroleum Institute, and other chemical trade groups to provide communities with preparedness 
tools,  including  the  training  of  emergency  responders.    In  cooperation  with  the  Federal  Railroad 
Administration  (FRA)  and  other  interested  groups,  we  are  also  working  to  develop  additional 
improvements to tank car design that will further limit the risk of releases of hazardous materials. 

GOVERNMENTAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION 

Governmental  Regulation  –  Our  operations  are  subject  to  a  variety  of  federal,  state,  and  local 
regulations,  generally  applicable  to  all  businesses.    (See  also  the  discussion  of  certain  regulatory 
proceedings in Legal Proceedings, Item 3.) 

The  operations  of  the  Railroad  are  also  subject  to  the  regulatory  jurisdiction  of  the  STB.    The  STB  has 
jurisdiction over rates charged on certain regulated rail traffic; common carrier service of regulated traffic; 
freight  car  compensation;  transfer,  extension,  or  abandonment  of  rail  lines;  and  acquisition  of  control  of 
rail common carriers. In 2014, the STB continued its efforts to explore whether to expand rail regulation. 
The  STB  has  requested  parties  to  discuss  the  STB’s  methodology  for  determining  railroad  revenue 
adequacy  and  the  possible  use  of  a  revenue  adequacy  constraint  in  regulating  railroad  rates.  The  STB 
also  held  hearings  to  evaluate  the  potential  impact  of  expanded  reciprocal  switching  arrangements  on 
railroads. For the past several legislative sessions, proposed bills have been introduced in Congress that 
aim  to  alter  the  regulatory  structure  of  the  railroad  industry.  We  will  continue  to  monitor  any  legislative 
activity involving rail and transportation regulation and respond accordingly. 

The operations of the Railroad also are subject to the regulations of the FRA and other federal and state 
agencies.    On  January  12,  2010,  the  FRA  issued  initial  rules  governing  installation  of  Positive  Train 
Control (PTC) by the end of 2015. The final regulation was issued on August 8, 2014. Although still under 
development,  PTC  is  a  collision  avoidance  technology  intended  to  override  engineer  controlled 
locomotives  and  stop  train-to-train  and  overspeed  accidents,  misaligned  switch  derailments,  and 
unauthorized entry to work zones. Following the issuance of the initial rules, the FRA acknowledged that 
projected costs will exceed projected benefits by a ratio of at least 22 to one, and we estimate that our 
costs will be higher than those assumed by the FRA. In August 2012, the FRA provided Congress with a 
status  report  regarding  implementation  of  PTC.  This  report  indicated  that  the  rail  industry  will  likely 
achieve only partial deployment of PTC by the current deadline due to significant technical developments, 
training  and  deployment,  and  the  delay  in  issuing  the  final  rule.  Through  2014,  we  have  invested 
approximately $1.6 billion in the development of PTC. The Company is planning to submit its PTC safety 
plan to the FRA in the second quarter of 2015. 

On  August  1,  2014,  the  Pipeline  and  Hazardous  Materials  Safety  Administration  (PHMSA)  issued 
proposed rules concerning the transportation of certain flammable liquids.  The proposed rules include a 
variety  of  possible  measures  including  tank  car  standards,  speed  restrictions,  braking  system 
requirements,  community  notification,  and  operating  restrictions.    We,  along  with  others  in  the  rail 
industry, submitted comments concerning the proposed rules.  Railroad operations for the entire industry 
could  be  impacted  depending  on  the  outcome  of  the  final  rules.  We  will  continue  to  monitor  this 
rulemaking process.   

DOT,  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration,  PHMSA  and  DHS,  along  with  other  federal 
agencies,  have  jurisdiction  over  certain  aspects  of  safety,  movement  of  hazardous  materials  and 
hazardous waste, emissions requirements, and equipment standards. The Rail Safety Improvement Act 
of 2008, among other things, revised hours of service rules for train and certain other railroad employees, 
mandated  implementation  of  PTC,  imposed  passenger  service  requirements,  addressed  safety  at  rail 
crossings, increased the number of safety related employees of the FRA, and increased fines that may be 
levied  against  railroads  for  safety  violations.  Additionally,  various  state  and  local  agencies  have 
jurisdiction over disposal of hazardous waste and seek to regulate movement of hazardous materials in 
ways not preempted by federal law.  

Environmental Regulation – We are subject to extensive federal and state environmental statutes and 
regulations  pertaining  to  public  health  and  the  environment.  The  statutes  and  regulations  are 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
administered  and  monitored  by  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  and  by  various  state 
environmental  agencies.  The  primary  laws  affecting  our  operations  are  the  Resource  Conservation  and 
Recovery  Act,  regulating  the  management  and  disposal  of  solid  and  hazardous  wastes;  the 
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act,  regulating  the  cleanup  of 
contaminated properties; the Clean Air Act, regulating air emissions; and the Clean Water Act, regulating 
waste water discharges.  

Information  concerning  environmental  claims  and  contingencies  and  estimated  remediation  costs  is  set 
forth  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  – 
Critical  Accounting  Policies  –  Environmental,  Item  7  and  Note  18  to  the  Consolidated  Financial 
Statements in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data. 

Item 1A. Risk Factors 

The  information  set  forth  in  this  Item  1A  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  rest  of  the  information 
included  in  this  report,  including  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations, Item 7, and Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Item 8.  

We  Must  Manage  Fluctuating  Demand  for  Our  Services  and  Network  Capacity  –  If  there  is  significant 
demand for our services that exceeds the designed capacity of our network, we may experience network 
difficulties,  including  congestion  and  reduced  velocity,  that  could  compromise  the  level  of  service  we 
provide to our customers. This level of demand may also compound the impact of weather and weather-
related events on our operations and velocity. Although we continue to improve our transportation plan, 
add  capacity,  improve  operations  at  our  yards  and  other  facilities,  and  improve  our  ability  to  address 
surges in demand for any reason with adequate resources, we cannot be sure that these measures will 
fully  or  adequately  address  any  service  shortcomings  resulting  from  demand  exceeding  our  planned 
capacity.    We  may  experience  other  operational  or  service  difficulties  related  to  network  capacity, 
dramatic and unplanned fluctuations in demand for rail service with respect to one or more commodities 
or operating regions, or other events that could negatively impact our operational efficiency, any of which 
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.  In the 
event  that  we  experience  significant  reductions  in  demand  for  rail  services  with  respect  to  one  or  more 
commodities,  we  may  experience  increased  costs  associated  with  resizing  our  operations,  including 
higher unit operating costs and costs for the storage of locomotives, rail cars, and other equipment; work-
force adjustments; and other related activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our results 
of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We  Transport  Hazardous  Materials  –  We  transport  certain  hazardous  materials  and  other  materials, 
including  crude  oil,  ethanol,  and  toxic  inhalation  hazard  (TIH)  materials,  such  as  chlorine,  that  pose 
certain  risks  in  the  event  of  a  release  or  combustion.  Additionally,  U.S.  laws  impose  common  carrier 
obligations  on  railroads  that  require  us  to  transport  certain  hazardous  materials  regardless  of  risk  or 
potential exposure to loss. A rail accident or other incident or accident on our network, at our facilities, or 
at the facilities of our customers involving the release or combustion of hazardous materials could involve 
significant  costs  and  claims  for  personal  injury,  property  damage,  and  environmental  penalties  and 
remediation  in  excess  of  our  insurance  coverage  for  these  risks,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse 
effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We Are Subject to Significant Governmental Regulation – We are subject to governmental regulation by a 
significant  number  of  federal,  state,  and  local  authorities  covering  a  variety  of  health,  safety,  labor, 
environmental, economic (as discussed below), and other matters.  Many laws and regulations require us 
to obtain and maintain various licenses, permits, and other authorizations, and we cannot guarantee that 
we will continue to be able to do so. Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  us.  Governments  or  regulators  may  change  the  legislative  or  regulatory 
frameworks within which we operate without providing us any recourse to address any adverse effects on 
our business, including, without limitation, regulatory determinations or rules regarding dispute resolution, 
business  relationships  with  other  railroads,  calculation  of  our  cost  of  capital  or  other  inputs  relevant  to 
computing our revenue adequacy, the prices we charge, and costs and expenses. Significant legislative 
activity in Congress or regulatory activity by the STB could expand regulation of railroad operations and 
prices for rail services, which could reduce capital spending on our rail network, facilities and equipment 
and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. As part 
of  the  Rail  Safety  Improvement  Act  of  2008,  rail  carriers  must  currently  implement  PTC  by  the  end  of 
2015,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  make  other  capital  investments.  Rail 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
carriers likely will not meet the current mandatory deadline for PTC implementation due to various factors. 
Additionally, one or more consolidations of Class I railroads could also lead to increased regulation of the 
rail industry. 

We May Be Affected by General Economic Conditions – Prolonged severe adverse domestic and global 
economic  conditions  or  disruptions  of  financial  and  credit  markets  may  affect  the  producers  and 
consumers of the commodities we carry and may have a material adverse effect on our access to liquidity 
and our results of operations and financial condition.  

We  Face  Competition  from  Other  Railroads  and  Other  Transportation  Providers  –  We  face  competition 
from other railroads, motor carriers, ships, barges, and pipelines. In addition to price competition, we face 
competition  with  respect  to  transit  times  and  quality  and  reliability  of  service.  While  we  must  build  or 
acquire and maintain our rail system, trucks, barges and maritime operators are able to use public rights-
of-way maintained by public entities. Any future improvements or expenditures materially increasing the 
quality  or  reducing  the  cost  of  alternative  modes  of  transportation,  or  legislation  that  eliminates  or 
significantly  reduces  the  burden  of  the  size  or  weight  limitations  currently  applicable  to  motor  carriers, 
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and  liquidity. 
Additionally,  any  future  consolidation  of  the  rail  industry  could  materially  affect  the  competitive 
environment in which we operate. 

Severe Weather Could Result in Significant Business Interruptions and Expenditures – As a railroad with 
a  vast  network,  we  are  exposed  to  severe  weather  conditions  and  other  natural  phenomena,  including 
earthquakes,  hurricanes,  fires,  floods,  mudslides  or  landslides,  extreme  temperatures,  and  significant 
precipitation.  Line  outages  and  other  interruptions  caused  by  these  conditions  can  adversely  affect  our 
entire  rail  network  and  can  adversely  affect  revenue,  costs,  and  liabilities,  which  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We  Rely  on  Technology  and  Technology  Improvements  in  Our  Business  Operations  –  We  rely  on 
information technology in all aspects of our business. If we do not have sufficient capital to acquire new 
technology or if we are unable to develop or implement new technology such as PTC or the latest version 
of  our  transportation  control  systems,  we  may  suffer  a  competitive  disadvantage  within  the  rail  industry 
and with companies providing other modes of transportation service, which could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. Additionally, if a cyber attack or other 
event  causes  significant  disruption  or  failure  of  one  or  more  of  our  information  technology  systems, 
including  computer  hardware,  software,  and  communications  equipment,  we  could  suffer  a  significant 
service  interruption,  safety  failure,  security  breach,  or  other  operational  difficulties,  which  could  have  a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We May Be Subject to Various Claims and Lawsuits That Could Result in Significant Expenditures – As a 
railroad with operations in densely populated urban areas and other cities and a vast rail network, we are 
exposed to the potential for various claims and litigation related to labor and employment, personal injury, 
property damage, environmental liability, and other matters. Any material changes to litigation trends or a 
catastrophic rail accident or series of accidents involving any or all of property damage, personal injury, 
and  environmental  liability  that  exceed  our  insurance  coverage  for  such  risks  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.  

We  Are  Subject  to  Significant  Environmental  Laws  and  Regulations  –  Due  to  the  nature  of  the  railroad 
business,  our  operations  are  subject  to  extensive  federal,  state,  and  local  environmental  laws  and 
regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air; discharges to waters; handling, storage, 
transportation, and disposal of waste and other materials; and hazardous material or petroleum releases. 
We generate and transport hazardous and non-hazardous waste in our operations, and we did so in our 
former operations. Environmental liability can extend to previously owned or operated properties, leased 
properties,  and  properties  owned  by  third  parties,  as  well  as  to  properties  we  currently  own. 
Environmental liabilities have arisen and may also arise from claims asserted by adjacent landowners or 
other third parties in toxic tort litigation. We have been and may be subject to allegations or findings that 
we  have  violated,  or  are  strictly  liable  under,  these  laws  or  regulations.  We  currently  have  certain 
obligations  at  existing  sites  for  investigation,  remediation  and  monitoring,  and  we  likely  will  have 
obligations at other sites in the future.  Liabilities for these obligations affect our estimate based on our 
experience and, as necessary, the advice and assistance of our consultants.  However, actual costs may 
vary from our estimates due to any or all of several factors, including changes to environmental laws or 
interpretations  of  such  laws,  technological  changes  affecting  investigations  and  remediation,  the 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
participation  and  financial  viability  of  other  parties  responsible  for  any  such  liability  and  the  corrective 
action or change to corrective actions required to remediate any existing or future sites. We could incur 
significant costs as a result of any of the foregoing, and we may be required to incur significant expenses 
to investigate and remediate known, unknown, or future environmental contamination, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

including  chemical  producers, 

We  May  Be  Affected  by  Climate  Change  and  Market  or  Regulatory  Responses  to  Climate  Change  – 
Climate  change,  including  the  impact  of  global  warming,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and  liquidity.    Restrictions,  caps,  taxes,  or  other  controls  on 
emissions  of  greenhouse  gasses,  including  diesel  exhaust,  could  significantly  increase  our  operating 
costs.  Restrictions on emissions could also affect our customers that (a) use commodities that we carry 
to produce energy, (b) use significant amounts of energy in producing or delivering the commodities we 
carry,  or  (c)  manufacture  or  produce  goods  that  consume  significant  amounts  of  energy  or  burn  fossil 
fuels, 
food  producers,  and  automakers  and  other 
manufacturers.  Significant cost increases, government regulation, or changes of consumer preferences 
for  goods  or  services  relating  to  alternative  sources  of  energy  or  emissions  reductions  could  materially 
affect the markets for the commodities we carry, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our 
results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and  liquidity.    Government  incentives  encouraging  the  use  of 
alternative sources of energy could also affect certain of our customers and the markets for certain of the 
commodities  we  carry  in  an  unpredictable  manner  that  could  alter  our  traffic  patterns,  including,  for 
example,  the  impacts  of  ethanol  incentives  on  farming  and  ethanol  producers.  Finally,  we  could  face 
increased  costs  related  to  defending  and  resolving  legal  claims  and  other  litigation  related  to  climate 
change and the alleged impact of our operations on climate change.  Any of these factors, individually or 
in operation with one or more of the other factors, or other unforeseen impacts of climate change could 
reduce the amount of traffic we handle and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, 
financial condition, and liquidity. 

farmers  and 

Strikes or Work Stoppages Could Adversely Affect Our Operations – The U.S. Class I railroads are party 
to collective bargaining  agreements with various labor  unions.  The  majority  of  our  employees  belong  to 
labor unions and are subject to these agreements. Disputes with regard to the terms of these agreements 
or our potential inability to negotiate acceptable contracts with these unions could result in, among other 
things, strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, or lockouts, which could cause a significant disruption of our 
operations  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and 
liquidity. Additionally, future national labor agreements, or renegotiation of labor agreements or provisions 
of labor agreements, could compromise our service reliability or significantly increase our costs for health 
care, wages, and other benefits, which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, 
financial condition, and liquidity.  

The  Availability  of  Qualified  Personnel  Could  Adversely  Affect  Our  Operations  –  Changes  in 
demographics, training requirements, and the availability of qualified personnel could negatively affect our 
ability to meet demand for rail service. Unpredictable increases in demand for rail services and a lack of 
network  fluidity  may  exacerbate  such  risks,  which  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  operational 
efficiency and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, 
and liquidity.  

We  May  Be  Affected  By  Fluctuating  Fuel  Prices  –  Fuel  costs  constitute  a  significant  portion  of  our 
transportation expenses. Diesel fuel prices can be subject to dramatic fluctuations, and significant price 
increases could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Although we currently are able to 
recover  a  significant  amount  of  our  fuel  expenses  from  our  customers  through  revenue  from  fuel 
surcharges,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  we  will  always  be  able  to  mitigate  rising  or  elevated  fuel  costs 
through  our  fuel  surcharges.  Additionally,  future  market  conditions  or  legislative  or  regulatory  activities 
could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  apply  fuel  surcharges  or  adequately  recover  increased  fuel  costs 
through  fuel  surcharges.  As  fuel  prices  fluctuate,  our  fuel  surcharge  programs  trail  such  fluctuations  in 
fuel price by approximately two months, and may be a significant source of quarter-over-quarter and year-
over-year volatility, particularly in periods of rapidly changing prices. International, political, and economic 
factors, events and conditions affect the volatility of fuel prices and supplies. Weather can also affect fuel 
supplies  and  limit  domestic  refining  capacity.  A  severe  shortage  of,  or  disruption  to,  domestic  fuel 
supplies  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  and 
liquidity.    Alternatively,  lower  fuel  prices  could  have  a  positive  impact  on  the  economy  by  increasing 
consumer discretionary spending that potentially could increase demand for various consumer products 
we  transport.  However,  lower  fuel  prices  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  other  commodities  we 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
transport, such as coal, frac sand and crude oil shipments, which could have a material adverse affect on 
our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

We Utilize Capital Markets – Due to the significant capital expenditures required to operate and maintain 
a safe and efficient railroad, we rely on the capital markets to provide some of our capital requirements.  
We  utilize  long-term  debt  instruments,  bank  financing  and  commercial  paper  from  time-to-time,  and  we 
pledge certain of our receivables.  Significant instability or disruptions of the capital markets, including the 
credit markets, or deterioration of our financial condition due to internal or external factors could restrict or 
prohibit  our  access  to,  and  significantly  increase  the  cost  of,  commercial  paper  and  other  financing 
sources, including bank credit facilities and the issuance of long-term debt, including corporate bonds. A 
significant deterioration of our financial condition could result in a reduction of our credit rating to below 
investment grade, which could restrict, or at certain credit levels below investment grade may prohibit us, 
from  utilizing  our  current  receivables  securitization  facility.  This  may  also  limit  our  access  to  external 
sources of capital and significantly increase the costs of short and long-term debt financing. 

A  Significant  Portion  of  Our  Revenue  Involves  Transportation  of  Commodities  to  and  from  International 
Markets – Although revenues from our  operations are attributable to transportation services provided in 
the  U.S.,  a  significant  portion  of  our  revenues  involves  the  transportation  of  commodities  to  and  from 
international  markets,  including  Mexico  and  Southeast  Asia,  by  various  carriers  and,  at  times,  various 
modes  of  transportation.  Significant  and  sustained  interruptions  of  trade  with  Mexico  or  countries  in 
Southeast  Asia,  including  China,  could  adversely  affect  customers  and  other  entities  that,  directly  or 
indirectly, purchase or rely on rail transportation services in the U.S. as part of their operations, and any 
such  interruptions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial  condition 
and  liquidity.  Any  one  or  more  of  the  following  could  cause  a  significant  and  sustained  interruption  of 
trade with Mexico or countries in Southeast Asia: (a) a deterioration of security for international trade and 
businesses; (b) the adverse impact of new laws, rules and regulations or the interpretation of laws, rules 
and  regulations  by  government  entities,  courts  or  regulatory  bodies,  including  taxing  authorities,  that 
affect  our  customers  doing  business  in  foreign  countries;  (c)  any  significant  adverse  economic 
developments, such as extended periods of high inflation, material disruptions in the banking sector or in 
the capital markets of these foreign countries, and significant changes in the valuation of the currencies of 
these  foreign  countries  that  could  materially  affect  the  cost  or  value  of  imports  or  exports;  (d)  shifts  in 
patterns  of  international  trade  that  adversely  affect  import  and  export  markets;  and  (e)  a  material 
reduction in foreign direct investment in these countries. 

We  Are  Subject  to  Legislative,  Regulatory,  and  Legal  Developments  Involving  Taxes  –  Taxes  are  a 
significant  part  of  our  expenses.    We  are  subject  to  U.S.  federal,  state,  and  foreign  income,  payroll, 
property, sales and use, fuel, and other types of taxes. Changes in tax rates, enactment of new tax laws, 
revisions  of  tax  regulations,  and  claims  or  litigation  with  taxing  authorities  could  result  in  substantially 
higher  taxes  and,  therefore,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition, and liquidity. 

We  Are  Dependent  on  Certain  Key  Suppliers  of  Locomotives  and  Rail  –  Due  to  the  capital  intensive 
nature  and  sophistication  of  locomotive  equipment,  potential  new  suppliers  face  high  barriers  to  entry.  
Therefore,  if  one  of  the  domestic  suppliers  of  high  horsepower  locomotives  discontinues  manufacturing 
locomotives  for  any  reason,  including  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  we  could  experience  significant  cost 
increases and reduced availability of the locomotives that are necessary for our operations.  Additionally, 
for  a  high  percentage  of  our  rail  purchases,  we  utilize  two  steel  producers  (one  domestic  and  one 
international) that meet our specifications.  Rail is critical to our operations for rail replacement programs, 
maintenance, and for adding additional network capacity, new rail and storage yards, and expansions of 
existing  facilities.    This  industry  similarly  has  high  barriers  to  entry,  and  if  one  of  these  suppliers 
discontinues  operations  for  any  reason,  including  bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  we  could  experience  both 
significant  cost  increases  for  rail  purchases  and  difficulty  obtaining  sufficient  rail  for  maintenance  and 
other projects. 

We May Be Affected by Acts of Terrorism, War, or Risk of War – Our rail lines, facilities, and equipment, 
including rail  cars  carrying hazardous materials, could be  direct  targets  or  indirect  casualties  of  terrorist 
attacks.  Terrorist  attacks,  or  other  similar  events,  any  government  response  thereto,  and  war  or  risk  of 
war may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity. In addition, insurance 
premiums for some or all of our current coverages could increase dramatically, or certain coverages may 
not be available to us in the future. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2. Properties 

We  employ  a  variety  of  assets  in  the  management  and  operation  of  our  rail  business.  Our  rail  network 
covers 23 states in the western two-thirds of the U.S. 

TRACK 

Our  rail  network  includes  31,974  route  miles.    We  own  26,012  miles  and  operate  on  the  remainder 
pursuant  to  trackage  rights  or  leases.  The  following  table  describes  track  miles  at  December  31,  2014 
and 2013. 

 Route 
 Other main line 
 Passing lines and turnouts 
 Switching and classification yard lines 

 Total miles 

HEADQUARTERS BUILDING 

2014 
 31,974 
 6,943 
 3,197 
 9,058 

2013 
 31,838 
 6,766 
 3,167 
 9,090 

 51,172 

 50,861 

We own our headquarters building in Omaha, Nebraska. The facility has 1.2 million square feet of space 
for approximately 4,000 employees. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
HARRIMAN DISPATCHING CENTER 

The Harriman Dispatching Center (HDC), located in Omaha, Nebraska, is our primary dispatching facility. 
It  is  linked  to  regional  dispatching  and  locomotive  management  facilities  at  various  locations  along  our 
network. HDC employees coordinate moves of locomotives and trains, manage traffic and train crews on 
our  network,  and  coordinate  interchanges  with  other  railroads.  Approximately  900  employees  currently 
work on-site in the facility. In the event of a disruption of operations at HDC due to a cyber attack, flooding 
or  severe  weather  or  other  event,  we  maintain  the  capability  to  conduct  critical  operations  at  back-up 
facilities in different locations. 

RAIL FACILITIES 

In  addition  to  our  track  structure,  we  operate  numerous  facilities,  including  terminals  for  intermodal  and 
other freight; rail yards for building trains (classification yards), switching, storage-in-transit (the temporary 
storage  of  customer  goods  in  rail  cars  prior  to  shipment)  and  other  activities;  offices  to  administer  and 
manage  our  operations;  dispatching  centers  to  direct  traffic  on  our  rail  network;  crew  quarters  to  house 
train  crews  along  our  network;  and  shops  and  other  facilities  for  fueling,  maintenance,  and  repair  of 
locomotives and repair and maintenance of rail cars and other equipment.  The following table includes 
the major yards and terminals on our system: 

Major Classification Yards 
 North Platte, Nebraska  
 North Little Rock, Arkansas  
 Englewood (Houston), Texas  
 Fort Worth, Texas  
 Proviso (Chicago), Illinois  
 Livonia, Louisiana  
 Roseville, California  
 Pine Bluff, Arkansas 
 West Colton, California 
 Neff (Kansas City), Missouri  

RAIL EQUIPMENT 

Major Intermodal Terminals 
ICTF (Los Angeles), California 
Global IV (Joliet), Illinois 
East Los Angeles, California 
DIT (Dallas), Texas 
Global I (Chicago), Illinois 
Marion (Memphis), Tennessee 
Global II (Chicago), Illinois 
Mesquite, Texas 
City of Industry, California 
Lathrop, California 

Our equipment includes owned and leased locomotives and rail cars; heavy maintenance equipment and 
machinery; other equipment and tools in our shops, offices, and facilities; and vehicles for maintenance, 
transportation of crews, and other activities. As of December 31, 2014, we owned or leased the following 
units of equipment: 

 Locomotives 
 Multiple purpose 
 Switching  
 Other  

 Total locomotives  

 Freight cars 
 Covered hoppers 
 Open hoppers  
 Gondolas  
 Boxcars  
 Refrigerated cars 
 Flat cars  
 Other  

 Total freight cars  

        Owned        Leased            Total 
 7,993  
 345  
 125  

 2,327  
 12  
 57  

 5,666 
 333 
 68 

        Average 
     Age (yrs.)
 18.4 
 35.6 
 35.4 

 6,067 

 2,396  

 8,463  

N/A

       Owned        Leased            Total 
 28,556  
 11,628  
 10,117  
 5,033  
 6,612  
 3,898  
 374  

 15,522  
 4,107  
 3,874  
 1,567  
 4,104  
 1,261  
 354  

 13,034 
 7,521 
 6,243 
 3,466 
 2,508 
 2,637 
 20 

        Average
     Age (yrs.)
 19.4 
 28.5 
 24.7 
 29.3 
 24.5 
 29.4 
N/A 

 35,429 

 30,789  

 66,218  

N/A 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 Highway revenue equipment 
 Containers 
 Chassis 

       Owned        Leased            Total 
 54,935  
 41,133  

 28,306  
 25,951  

 26,629 
 15,182 

      Average
    Age (yrs.)
 7.1 
 8.9 

 Total highway revenue equipment 

 41,811 

 54,257  

 96,068  

N/A

CAPITAL EXPENDITURES 

Our  rail  network  requires  significant  annual  capital  investments  for  replacement,  improvement,  and 
expansion.  These  investments  enhance  safety,  support  the  transportation  needs  of  our  customers,  and 
improve our operational efficiency. Additionally, we add  new locomotives and freight cars to our fleet to 
replace  older,  less  efficient  equipment,  to  support  growth  and  customer  demand,  and  to  reduce  our 
impact on the environment through the acquisition of more fuel-efficient and low-emission locomotives. 

2014  Capital  Program  –  During  2014,  our  capital  program  totaled  $4.1  billion.  (See  the  cash  capital 
expenditures  table  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources – Financial Condition, Item 7.) 

2015  Capital  Plan  –  In  2015,  we  expect  our  capital  plan  to  be  approximately  $4.3  billion,  which  will 
include expenditures for PTC of approximately $450 million and may include non-cash investments.  We 
may  revise  our  2015  capital  plan  if  business  conditions  warrant  or  if  new  laws  or  regulations  affect  our 
ability  to  generate  sufficient  returns  on  these  investments.    (See  discussion  of  our  2015  capital  plan  in 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – 2015 Outlook, 
Item 7.) 

OTHER 

Equipment  Encumbrances  –  Equipment  with  a  carrying  value  of  approximately  $2.8  billion  and  $2.9 
billion  at  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  respectively  served  as  collateral  for  capital  leases  and  other 
types of equipment obligations in accordance with the secured financing arrangements utilized to acquire 
or refinance such railroad equipment.  

As a result of the merger of Missouri Pacific Railroad Company (MPRR) with and into UPRR on January 
1, 1997, and pursuant to the underlying indentures for the MPRR mortgage bonds, UPRR must maintain 
the  same  value  of  assets  after  the  merger  in  order  to  comply  with  the  security  requirements  of  the 
mortgage bonds. As of the merger date, the value of the MPRR assets that secured the mortgage bonds 
was approximately $6.0 billion. In accordance with the terms of the indentures, this collateral value must 
be  maintained  during  the  entire  term  of  the  mortgage  bonds  irrespective  of  the  outstanding  balance  of 
such bonds. 

Environmental  Matters  –  Certain  of  our  properties  are  subject  to  federal,  state,  and  local  laws  and 
regulations  governing  the  protection  of  the  environment.    (See  discussion  of  environmental  issues  in 
Business  –  Governmental  and  Environmental  Regulation,  Item  1,  and  Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies – Environmental, 
Item 7.) 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings 

From  time  to  time,  we  are  involved  in  legal  proceedings,  claims,  and  litigation  that  occur  in  connection 
with our business. We routinely assess our liabilities and contingencies in connection with these matters 
based  upon  the  latest  available  information  and,  when  necessary,  we  seek  input  from  our  third-party 
advisors  when  making  these  assessments.  Consistent  with  SEC  rules  and  requirements,  we  describe 
below  material  pending  legal  proceedings  (other  than  ordinary  routine  litigation  incidental  to  our 
business),  material  proceedings  known  to  be  contemplated  by  governmental  authorities,  other 
proceedings  arising  under  federal,  state,  or  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations  (including 
governmental  proceedings  involving  potential  fines,  penalties,  or  other  monetary  sanctions  in  excess  of 
$100,000), and such other pending matters that we may determine to be appropriate.  

16 

 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS 

As previously reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, 
the Illinois Attorney General's Office notified UPRR on January 14, 2013, that it will seek a penalty against 
the Railroad for environmental conditions caused by its predecessor at a former locomotive fueling facility 
in  South  Pekin,  Illinois.  This  former  CNW  facility  discontinued  fueling  operations  in  the  early  1980s. 
Subsequent  environmental  investigation  revealed  evidence  of  fuel  releases  to  soil  and  groundwater.  In 
January 2007, the State rejected UPRR's proposed compliance commitment agreement and responded 
with  a  notice  of  intent  to  pursue  legal  action.  UPRR continued  to  perform  remedial  investigations  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Illinois  EPA.  In  June  2012,  the  Illinois  EPA  approved  UPRR's  proposed  remedial 
action  plan  for  the  site,  consisting  of  no  further  action  and  monitoring  for  a  period  of  ten  years. 
Subsequently,  the  State  notified  UPRR  that  it  would  seek  to  recover  a  civil  penalty,  and  during  early 
negotiations, it offered to settle its claim for $240,000.  UPRR rejected this offer.  The State sued UPRR 
on October 26, 2013, in the Circuit Court for the Tenth Judicial Circuit, Tazewell County, Illinois. Through 
continued settlement negotiations, the parties have reached a tentative agreement to settle this matter in 
exchange for a payment by UPRR of $100,000.  Final terms for a written agreement are being developed. 

We received notices from the EPA and state environmental agencies alleging that we are or may be liable 
under  federal  or  state  environmental  laws  for  remediation  costs  at  various  sites  throughout  the  U.S., 
including  sites  on  the  Superfund  National  Priorities  List  or  state  superfund  lists.  We  cannot  predict  the 
ultimate impact of these proceedings and suits because of the number of potentially responsible parties 
involved,  the  degree  of  contamination  by  various  wastes,  the  scarcity  and  quality  of  volumetric  data 
related to many of the sites, and the speculative nature of remediation costs.  

Information  concerning  environmental  claims  and  contingencies  and  estimated  remediation  costs  is  set 
forth  in  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  – 
Critical Accounting Policies – Environmental, Item 7.  

OTHER MATTERS 

Antitrust Litigation - As we reported in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 
30, 2007, 20 rail shippers (many of whom are represented by the same law firms) filed virtually identical 
antitrust lawsuits in various federal district courts against us and four other Class I railroads in the U.S. 
Currently, UPRR and three other Class I railroads are the named defendants in the lawsuit. The original 
plaintiff  filed  the  first  of  these  claims  in  the  U.S.  District  Court  in  New  Jersey  on  May  14,  2007.  The 
number of complaints reached a total of 30. These suits allege that the named railroads engaged in price-
fixing by establishing common fuel surcharges for certain rail traffic. 

In  addition  to  suits  filed  by  direct  purchasers  of  rail  transportation  services,  a  few  of  the  suits  involved 
plaintiffs alleging that they are or were indirect purchasers of rail transportation and sought to represent a 
purported  class  of  indirect  purchasers  of  rail  transportation  services  that  paid  fuel  surcharges.  These 
complaints added allegations under state antitrust and consumer protection laws. On November 6, 2007, 
the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation ordered that all of the rail fuel surcharge cases be transferred 
to  Judge  Paul  Friedman  of  the  U.S.  District  Court  in  the  District  of  Columbia  for  coordinated  or 
consolidated pretrial proceedings. Following numerous hearings and rulings, Judge Friedman dismissed 
the complaints of the indirect purchasers, which the indirect purchasers appealed. On April 16, 2010, the 
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia affirmed Judge Friedman’s ruling dismissing the indirect 
purchasers’ claims based on various state laws. 

With  respect  to  the  direct  purchasers’  complaint,  Judge  Friedman  conducted  a  two-day  hearing  on 
October  6  and  7,  2010,  on  the  class  certification  issue  and  the  railroad  defendants’  motion  to  exclude 
evidence  of  interline  communications.  On  April  7,  2011,  Judge  Friedman  issued  an  order  deferring  any 
decision  on  class  certification  until  the  Supreme  Court  issued  its  decision  in  the  Wal-Mart  employment 
discrimination case. 

On  June  21,  2012,  Judge  Friedman  issued  his  decision,  which  certified  a  class  of  plaintiffs  with  eight 
named plaintiff representatives. The decision included in the class all shippers that paid a rate-based fuel 
surcharge to any one of the defendant railroads for rate-unregulated rail transportation from July 1, 2003, 
through December 31, 2008. This was a procedural ruling, which did not affirm any of the claims asserted 
by the plaintiffs and does not affect the ability of the railroad defendants to disprove the allegations made 
by the plaintiffs. On July 5, 2012, the defendant railroads filed a petition with the U.S. Court of Appeals for 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the District of Columbia requesting that the court review the class certification ruling. On August 28, 2012, 
a panel of the Circuit Court of the District of Columbia referred the petition to a merits panel of the court to 
address  the  issues  in  the  petition  and  to  address  whether  the  district  court  properly  granted  class 
certification.  The  Circuit  Court  heard  oral  arguments  on  May  3,  2013.  On  August  9,  2013,  the  Circuit 
Court vacated the class certification decision and remanded the case to the district court to reconsider the 
class certification decision in light of a recent Supreme Court case and incomplete consideration of errors 
in the expert report of the plaintiffs. On October 31, 2013, Judge Friedman approved a schedule agreed 
to by all parties for consideration of the class certification issue on remand.   

On October 2, 2014, the plaintiffs informed Judge Friedman that their economic expert had a previously 
undisclosed conflict of interest.  Judge Friedman ruled on November 26, 2014, that the plaintiffs may file a 
supplemental  expert  report  to  support  their  motion  for  class  certification.    The  plaintiffs  must  file  their 
supplemental  expert  report  on  or  before  April  1,  2015.    The  defendant  railroads  will  then  have  the 
opportunity to respond to the plaintiffs’ supplement report.  Judge Friedman has not yet set a new date to 
hear oral arguments on plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.  

As  we  reported  in  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K,  filed  on  June  10,  2011,  the  Railroad  received  a 
complaint filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia on June 7, 2011, by Oxbow Carbon & 
Minerals LLC and related entities (Oxbow). The complaint named the Railroad and one other U.S. Class I 
Railroad  as  defendants  and  alleged  that  the  named  railroads  engaged  in  price-fixing  and  monopolistic 
practices  in  connection  with  fuel  surcharge  programs  and  pricing  of  shipments  of  certain  commodities, 
including  coal  and  petroleum  coke.  The  complaint  sought  injunctive  relief  and  payment  of  damages  of 
over  $30  million,  and  other  unspecified  damages,  including  treble  damages.  Some  of  the  allegations  in 
the  complaint  were  addressed  in  the  existing  fuel  surcharge  litigation  referenced  above.  The  complaint 
also  included  additional  unrelated  allegations  regarding  alleged  limitations  on  competition  for  shipments 
of Oxbow’s commodities. Judge Friedman, who presides over the fuel surcharge matter described above, 
also presides over this matter. On February 26, 2013, Judge Friedman granted the defendants’ motion to 
dismiss  Oxbow’s  complaint  for  failure  to  state  properly  a  claim  under  the  antitrust  laws.  However,  the 
dismissal was without prejudice to refile the complaint. Judge Friedman approved a schedule that allowed 
Oxbow  to  file  a  revised  complaint,  which  Oxbow  filed  on  May  1,  2013.  The  amended  complaint  alleges 
that UPRR and one other Class I railroad violated Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act and that 
UPRR  also  breached  a  tolling  agreement  between  Oxbow  and  UPRR.  Oxbow  claims  that  it  paid  more 
than  $50  million  in  wrongfully  imposed  fuel  surcharges.  UPRR  and  the  other  railroad  filed  separate 
motions to dismiss the Oxbow revised complaint on July 1, 2013. Judge Friedman heard oral arguments 
on the motions to dismiss filed by UPRR and the other railroad on January 8, 2015. 

We deny the allegations that our fuel surcharge programs violate the antitrust laws or any other laws. We 
believe  that  these  lawsuits  are  without  merit,  and  we  will  vigorously  defend  our  actions.  Therefore,  we 
currently  believe  that  these  matters  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  any  of  our  results  of 
operations, financial condition, and liquidity. 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers of the Registrant and Principal Executive Officers of Subsidiaries  

The  Board  of  Directors  typically  elects  and  designates  our  executive  officers  on  an  annual  basis  at  the 
board  meeting  held  in  conjunction  with  the  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders,  and  they  hold  office  until 
their successors are elected. Executive officers also may be elected and designated throughout the year, 
as the Board of Directors considers appropriate. There are no family relationships among the officers, nor 
is there any arrangement or understanding between any officer and any other person pursuant to which 
the officer was selected. The following table sets forth certain information current as of February 6, 2015, 
relating to the executive officers. 

Name 
John J. Koraleski 
Lance M. Fritz 

Robert M. Knight, Jr. 

Diane K. Duren 

Gayla L. Thal 

Jeffrey P. Totusek 

Eric L. Butler 

Position 

Chairman of UPC and the Railroad 
President and Chief Executive Officer of UPC  
and the Railroad 
Executive Vice President – Finance and Chief 
Financial Officer of UPC and the Railroad 
Executive Vice President and Corporate 
Secretary of UPC and the Railroad 
Senior Vice President – Law and General 
Counsel of UPC and the Railroad 
Vice President and Controller of UPC and Chief 
Accounting Officer and Controller of the Railroad 
Executive Vice President – Marketing and Sales 
of the Railroad 

Business 
Experience During
Age  Past Five Years 
64  
52  

[1] 
[2] 

57   Current Position 

55  

58  

[3] 

[4] 

56   Current Position 

54  

[5] 

[1]  On February 5, 2015, Mr. Koraleski was named executive Chairman of the Board of UPC and the Railroad. Mr. Koraleski first
was  elected  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  UPC  and  the  Railroad  on  March  20,  2014.  Previously,  Mr.  Koraleski  was  Chief 
Executive  Officer  and  President  of  UPC  and  the  Railroad  effective  March  2,  2012.  In  addition,  he  was  Executive  Vice 
President - Marketing and Sales of the Railroad effective March 1, 1999. 

[2]  Mr. Fritz was elected President and Chief Executive Officer of UPC and the Railroad effective February 5, 2015. Previously, 
Mr.  Fritz  was  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of  the  Railroad  effective  February  6,  2014,  Executive  Vice  President  –
Operations of the Railroad, effective September 1, 2010, and Vice President – Operations of the Railroad, effective January 
1, 2010. 

[3]  Ms. Duren was elected Executive Vice President of UPC and the Railroad effective October 1, 2012. In addition, Ms. Duren
was  elected  Corporate  Secretary,  effective  March  1,  2013.  She  previously  was  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  -
Chemicals effective August 1, 2006.  

[4]  Ms. Thal was elected to her current position effective March 15, 2012. She previously was Vice President - Law and Chief 

Compliance Officer effective December 1, 2005. 

[5]  Mr.  Butler  was  elected  to  his  current  position  effective  March  15,  2012.  He  previously  was  Vice  President  and  General

Manager - Industrial Products effective April 14, 2005. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
PART II 

Item  5.  Market  for  the  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters,  and  Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (NYSE)  under  the  symbol  “UNP”.    The 
following table presents the dividends declared and the high and low prices of our common stock for each 
of the indicated quarters. All amounts are retroactively adjusted to reflect the June 6, 2014 stock split. 

 2014 - Dollars Per Share 
 Dividends 
 Common stock price: 
     High 
     Low 

 2013 - Dollars Per Share 
 Dividends 
 Common stock price: 
     High 
     Low 

        Q1
 0.455 

$

        Q2
 0.455 

$

        Q3 
 0.50  

$

        Q4
 0.50 

$

 95.24 
 82.49 

 102.96 
 90.36 

 110.26  
 96.76  

 123.61 
 96.17 

        Q1
 0.345 

$

        Q2
 0.345 

$

        Q3 
 0.395  

$

        Q4
 0.395 

$

 71.50 
 63.66 

 80.50 
 67.88 

 82.59  
 76.02  

 84.12 
 74.62 

At January 30, 2015, there were 881,284,029 shares of common stock outstanding and 32,112 common 
shareholders of record. On that date, the closing price of the common stock on the NYSE was $117.21. 
We  have  paid  dividends  to  our  common  shareholders  during  each  of  the  past  115  years.  We  declared 
dividends totaling $1,714 million in 2014 and $1,371 million in 2013. On July 31, 2014, we increased the 
quarterly dividend to $0.50 per share, payable on October 1, 2014, to shareholders of record on August 
29,  2014.  On  February  5,  2015,  we  increased  the  quarterly  dividend  to  $0.55  per  share,  payable  on 
March  30,  2015,  to  shareholders  of record  on  February  27,  2015.  We  are  subject  to  certain  restrictions 
regarding  retained  earnings  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  to  our  shareholders.  The 
amount  of  retained  earnings  available  for  dividends  decreased  to  $15.4  billion  at  December  31,  2014, 
from $16.3 billion at December 31, 2013.  (See discussion of this restriction in Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources, Item 7.)  
We  do  not  believe  the  restriction  on  retained  earnings  will  affect  our  ability  to  pay  dividends,  and  we 
currently expect to pay dividends in 2015. 

Comparison  Over  One-  and  Three-Year  Periods  –  The  following  table  presents  the  cumulative  total 
shareholder  returns,  assuming  reinvestment  of  dividends,  over  one-  and  three-year  periods  for  the 
Corporation  (UNP),  a  peer  group  index  (comprised  of  CSX  Corporation  and  Norfolk  Southern 
Corporation),  the  Dow  Jones  Transportation  Index  (DJ  Trans),  and  the  Standard  &  Poor’s  500  Stock 
Index (S&P 500). 

DJ Trans   

  S&P 500   
13.7  %
74.5    

25.1  %  
90.1       

Period 
 1 Year (2014) 
 3 Year (2012-2014) 

UNP    Peer Group   
24.7  %
44.5  %
72.9    
138.6    

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Five-Year  Performance  Comparison  –  The  following  graph  provides  an  indicator  of  cumulative  total 
shareholder returns for the Corporation as compared to the peer group index (described above), the DJ 
Trans,  and  the  S&P  500.  The  graph  assumes  that  $100  was  invested  in  the  common  stock  of  Union 
Pacific  Corporation  and  each  index  on  December  31,  2009  and  that  all  dividends  were  reinvested.  The 
information  below 
future 
performance.

is  not  necessarily 

in  nature  and 

indicative  of 

is  historical 

Purchases  of  Equity  Securities  –  During  2014,  we  repurchased  33,035,204  shares  of  our  common 
stock  at  an  average  price  of  $100.24.  The  following  table  presents  common  stock  repurchases  during 
each month for the fourth quarter of 2014: 

 Period 
 Oct. 1 through Oct. 31 
 Nov. 1 through Nov. 30 
 Dec. 1 through Dec. 31 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased [a]

Average 
Price Paid 
Per Share
3,087,549  $  107.59 
 119.84 
1,877,330    
 116.54 
2,787,108    

Total Number of Shares 
Purchased as Part of a 
Publicly Announced
 Plan or Program [b]
3,075,000 
1,875,000 
2,786,400 

Maximum Number of 
Shares That May Yet Be 
Purchased Under the Plan 
or Program [b]
92,618,000 
90,743,000 
87,956,600 

 Total  

7,751,987  $  113.77 

7,736,400 

N/A

[a] 

[b] 

Total number of shares purchased during the quarter includes approximately 15,587 shares delivered or attested to UPC by 
employees to pay stock option exercise prices, satisfy excess tax withholding obligations for stock option exercises or vesting 
of retention units, and pay withholding obligations for vesting of retention shares. 
Effective January 1, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 120 million shares of our common stock 
by December 31, 2017. These repurchases may be made on the open market or through other transactions. Our management 
has sole discretion with respect to determining the timing and amount of these transactions.  

21 

 
 
 
  
 
 
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 

The following table presents as of, and for the years ended, December 31, our selected financial data for 
each of the last five years. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7, and with the Financial 
Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Item  8.  The  information  below  is  historical  in  nature  and  is  not 
necessarily indicative of future financial condition or results of operations. 

 Millions, Except per Share Amounts, 
 Carloads, Employee Statistics, and Ratios 
 For the Year Ended December 31 
 Operating revenues [a] 
 Operating income 
 Net income 
 Earnings per share - basic [b] 
 Earnings per share - diluted [b] 
 Dividends declared per share [b] 
 Cash provided by operating activities 
 Cash used in investing activities 
 Cash used in financing activities 
 Cash used for common share repurchases 
 At December 31 
 Total assets 
 Long-term obligations [c] 
 Debt due after one year 
 Common shareholders' equity 
 Additional Data 
 Freight revenues [a] 
 Revenue carloads (units) (000) 
 Operating ratio (%) [d] 
 Average employees (000) 
 Financial Ratios (%) 
 Debt to capital [e] 
 Return on average common 
    shareholders' equity [f] 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

$  23,988 

$  21,963 

$  20,926 

$  19,557 

 8,753   
 5,180   
 5.77   
 5.75   
 1.91   
 7,385   
 (4,249)  
 (2,982)  
 (3,225)  

 7,446   
 4,388   
 4.74   
 4.71   
 1.48   
 6,823   
 (3,405)  
 (3,049)  
 (2,218)  

 6,745   
 3,943   
 4.17   
 4.14   
 1.245   
 6,161   
 (3,633)  
 (2,682)  
 (1,474)  

 5,724   
 3,292   
 3.39   
 3.36   
 0.965   
 5,873   
 (3,119)  
 (2,623)  
 (1,418)  

$  52,716 

$  49,731 

$  47,153 

$  45,096 

 27,762   
 11,018   
 21,189   

 24,715   
 8,872   
 21,225   

 24,157   
 8,801   
 19,877   

 23,201   
 8,697   
 18,578   

$  22,560 

$  20,684 

$  19,686 

$  18,508 

 9,625   
63.5   
 47.2   

 9,022   
66.1   
 46.4   

 35.1   

 31.1   

24.4   

21.4   

 9,048   
 67.8   
 45.9   

 31.2   

 20.5   

 9,072   
 70.7   
 44.9   

 32.4   

 18.1   

$  16,965 
 4,981 
 2,780 
 2.79 
 2.76 
 0.655 
 4,105 
 (2,488)
 (2,381)
 (1,249)

$  43,088 
 22,373 
 9,003 
 17,763 

$  16,069 
 8,815 
 70.6 
 42.9 

 34.2 

 16.1 

[a]  

Includes  fuel  surcharge  revenue  of  $2.8  billion,  $2.6  billion,  $2.6  billion,  $2.2  billion,  and  $1.2  billion  for  2014,  2013,  2012, 
2011,  and  2010,  respectively,  which  partially  offsets  increased  operating  expenses  for  fuel.  (See  further  discussion  in 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Operating 
Revenues, Item 7.) 

[b]   Earnings per share and dividends declared per share are retroactively adjusted to reflect the June 6, 2014 stock split. 

[c]  

Long-term obligations is determined as follows: total liabilities less current liabilities. 

[d]  Operating ratio is defined as operating expenses divided by operating revenues. 

[e]   Debt to capital is determined as follows: total debt divided by total debt plus common shareholders' equity. 

[f]   Return  on  average  common  shareholders'  equity  is  determined  as  follows:  Net  income  divided  by  average  common

shareholders' equity. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and 
applicable  notes  to  the  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Item  8,  and  other  information  in 
this  report,  including  Risk  Factors  set  forth  in  Item  1A  and  Critical  Accounting  Policies  and  Cautionary 
Information at the end of this Item 7.  

The  Railroad,  along  with  its  subsidiaries  and  rail  affiliates,  is  our  one  reportable  business  segment. 
Although revenue is analyzed by commodity, we analyze the net financial results of the Railroad as one 
segment due to the integrated nature of the rail network.  

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY  

2014 Results 

  Safety – During 2014, we continued focusing on safety to reduce risk and eliminate incidents for our 
employees,  our  customers  and  the  public.  We  achieved  our  best  ever  reportable  personal  injury 
incidents per 200,000 employee-hours of 0.98 and, for the first time, we ended the year below 1.0. In 
addition,  our  full  year  reportable  derailment  incident  per  million  train  miles  improved  7%.  These 
results demonstrate our employees’ dedication to our safety initiatives and our employee engagement 
efforts  through  Courage  to  Care,  Total  Safety  Culture,  and  UP  Way  (our  continuous  improvement 
culture).      We  finished  2014  with  a  5%  higher  crossing  incident  rate  per  million  train  miles  than  the 
year  prior.  Previous  prevention  and  mitigation  efforts  for  at-grade  crossing  improvements  continue 
with new approaches planned for 2015 to reduce our exposure to crossing accidents.  

  Financial Performance – In 2014, we continued our record-setting financial performance, generating 
operating income of $8.8 billion, an 18% increase over 2013.  Core pricing gains of 2.5%, business 
demand and productivity, partially offset by costs of running a slower network and inflation, drove this 
increase.    Our  operating  ratio  for  2014  of  63.5%  was  an  all-time  best,  improving  from  last  year’s 
operating  ratio  of  66.1%.    Net  income  of  $5.2  billion  surpassed  our  previous  milestone  set  in  2013, 
translating into earnings of $5.75 per diluted share for 2014. 

  Freight Revenues – Our freight revenues grew 9% year-over-year to a record $22.6 billion driven by 
volume  growth  along  with  core  pricing  gains  of  2.5%.  Compared  to  2013,  freight  revenues  and 
volume  grew  in  all  six  commodity  groups  with  double  digit  growth  in  Agricultural  and  Industrial 
Products.    Our  fuel  surcharge  increased  6%  versus  2013  driven  by  volume  growth,  improved  fuel 
recovery  provisions  and  the  lag  effect  of  our  programs  (surcharges  trail  fluctuations  in  fuel  price  by 
approximately two months).   

  Network  Operations  –  Significant  carload  growth  levels  coupled  with  severe  weather  affected  the 
performance of our network and the North American rail network as a whole. Average train speed, as 
reported  to  the  AAR,  declined  8%  in  2014  compared  to  2013,  reflecting  the  7%  volume  increase,  a 
major  infrastructure  project  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas  and  severe  weather  conditions.  Average  terminal 
dwell time increased 12% primarily due to higher volumes and inclement weather. 

  Fuel  Prices  –  Our  average  price  per  gallon  of  diesel  fuel  in  2014  decreased  6%  from  the  average 
price in 2013, as both crude oil and the conversion spreads between crude oil and diesel declined in 
2014. The lower price decreased operating expenses by over $200 million (excluding any impact from 
year-over-year volume). Our fuel consumption rate, computed as gallons of fuel consumed divided by 
gross ton-miles, decreased 1% compared to 2013 also lowering fuel expense. These declines were 
offset by a 7% increase in gross-ton miles, which increased fuel expense. 

  Free Cash Flow – Cash generated by operating activities totaled $7.4 billion, yielding free cash flow 
of $1.5 billion after reductions of $4.2 billion for cash used in investing activities and a 22% increase 
in dividends paid.  Free cash flow is defined as cash provided by operating activities less cash used 
in investing activities and dividends paid. 

Free cash flow is not considered a financial measure under accounting principles generally accepted 
in the U.S. (GAAP) by SEC Regulation G and Item 10 of SEC Regulation S-K and may not be defined 
and  calculated  by  other  companies  in  the  same  manner.  We  believe  free  cash  flow  is  important  to 
management  and  investors  in  evaluating  our  financial  performance  and  measures  our  ability  to 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
generate cash without additional external financings. Free cash flow should be considered in addition 
to, rather than as a substitute for, cash provided by operating activities. The following table reconciles 
cash provided by operating activities (GAAP measure) to free cash flow (non-GAAP measure):  

 Millions 
 Cash provided by operating activities 
 Cash used in investing activities 
 Dividends paid 
 Free cash flow 

2015 Outlook  

2013 

2014 

2012 
$  7,385  $  6,823  $  6,161 
 (3,633)
 (1,146)
$  1,504  $  2,085  $  1,382 

 (3,405)  
 (1,333)  

 (4,249)  
 (1,632)  

  Safety  –  Operating  a  safe  railroad  benefits  all  our  constituents:  our  employees,  customers, 
shareholders  and  the  communities  we  serve.    We  will  continue  using  a  multi-faceted  approach  to 
safety, utilizing technology, risk assessment, quality control, training and employee engagement, and 
targeted capital investments.  We will continue using and expanding the deployment of Total Safety 
Culture  and  Courage  to  Care  throughout  our  operations,  which  allows  us  to  identify  and  implement 
best practices for employee and operational safety.  We will continue our efforts to increase detection 
of  rail  defects;  improve  or  close  crossings;  and  educate  the  public  and  law  enforcement  agencies 
about  crossing  safety  through  a  combination  of  our  own  programs  (including  risk  assessment 
strategies), industry programs and local community activities across our network.   

  Network  Operations  –  In  2015,  we  will  continue  to  add  resources  to  support  growth,  improve 

service, and replenish our surge capability. 

  Fuel Prices – With the dramatic drop in fuel prices at the end of 2014, there is even more uncertainty 
around the projections of fuel prices. We again could see volatile fuel prices during the year, as they 
are  sensitive  to  global  and  U.S.  domestic  demand,  refining  capacity,  geopolitical  events,  weather 
conditions and other factors.  As prices fluctuate there will be a timing impact on earnings, as our fuel 
surcharge programs trail fluctuations in fuel price by approximately two months. 

Lower fuel prices could have a positive impact on the economy by increasing consumer discretionary 
spending  that  potentially  could  increase  demand  for  various  consumer  products  that  we  transport. 
Alternatively, lower fuel prices will likely have a negative impact on other commodities such as coal, 
frac sand and crude oil shipments. 

  Capital  Plan  –  In  2015,  we  expect  our  capital  plan  to  be  approximately  $4.3  billion,  including 
expenditures  for  PTC  and  218  locomotives.  The  capital  plan  may  be  revised  if  business  conditions 
warrant  or  if  new  laws  or  regulations  affect  our  ability  to  generate  sufficient  returns  on  these 
investments.  (See  further  discussion  in  this  Item  7  under  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources  –  Capital 
Plan.) 

  Financial Expectations – We expect the overall U.S. economy to continue to improve at a moderate 
pace.  One  of  the  biggest  uncertainties  is  the  outlook  for  energy  markets,  which  will  bring  both 
challenges and opportunities.  On balance, we expect to see positive volume growth for 2015 versus 
the  prior  year.    In  the  current  environment,  we  expect  continued  margin  improvement  driven  by 
continued  pricing  opportunities,  ongoing  productivity  initiatives  and  the  ability  to  leverage  our 
resources as we improve the fluidity of our network. 

24 

 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Operating Revenues 

 Millions 
 Freight revenues 
 Other revenues 

 Total 

2014 
$  22,560 

2013 
$  20,684 

 1,428    

 1,279    

2012 
$  19,686 
 1,240 

 % Change 
2014 v 2013 
9% 
12% 

 % Change 
2013 v 2012
5%
3%

$  23,988 

$  21,963 

$  20,926 

9% 

5%

We  generate  freight  revenues  by  transporting  freight  or  other  materials  from  our  six  commodity  groups. 
Freight  revenues  vary  with  volume  (carloads)  and  average  revenue  per  car  (ARC).  Changes  in  price, 
traffic mix and fuel surcharges drive ARC. We provide some of our customers with contractual incentives 
for meeting or exceeding specified cumulative volumes or shipping to and from specific locations, which 
we  record  as  reductions  to  freight  revenues  based  on  the  actual  or  projected  future  shipments.  We 
recognize  freight  revenues  as  shipments  move  from  origin  to  destination.  We  allocate  freight  revenues 
between  reporting  periods  based  on  the  relative  transit  time  in  each  reporting  period  and  recognize 
expenses as we incur them. 

Other  revenues  include  revenues  earned  by  our  subsidiaries,  revenues  from  our  commuter  rail 
operations,  and  accessorial  revenues,  which  we  earn  when  customers  retain  equipment  owned  or 
controlled by us or when we perform additional services such as switching or storage. We recognize other 
revenues as we perform services or meet contractual obligations. 

Freight revenues from all six commodity groups increased during 2014 compared to 2013 driven by 7% 
volume  growth  and  core  pricing  gains  of  2.5%.    Volume  growth  from  grain,  frac  sand,  rock,  and 
intermodal (domestic and international) shipments offset declines in crude oil.   

Freight  revenues  from  five  of  our  six  commodity  groups  increased  during  2013  compared  to  2012.  
Revenue from Agricultural Products was down slightly compared to 2012.  ARC increased 5%, driven by 
core pricing gains, shifts in business mix and an automotive logistics management arrangement.  Volume 
essentially was flat year over year as growth in automotive, frac sand, crude oil and domestic intermodal 
offset declines in coal, international intermodal and grain shipments.  

Our  fuel  surcharge  programs  generated  freight  revenues  of  $2.8  billion,  $2.6  billion,  and  $2.6  billion  in 
2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively.  Fuel surcharge in 2014 increased 6% driven by our 7% carloadings 
increase.  Fuel surcharge in 2013 essentially was flat versus 2012 as lower fuel price offset improved fuel 
recovery  provisions  and  the  lag  effect  of  our  programs  (surcharges  trail  fluctuations  in  fuel  price  by 
approximately two months).   

In 2014, other revenue increased from 2013 due to higher revenues at our subsidiaries, primarily those 
that broker intermodal and automotive services, accessorial revenue driven by increased volume and per 
diem revenue for container usage (previously included in automotive freight revenue).   

In 2013, other revenue increased from 2012 due primarily to miscellaneous contract revenue and higher 
revenues at our subsidiaries that broker intermodal and automotive services. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
The  following  tables  summarize  the  year-over-year  changes  in  freight  revenues,  revenue  carloads,  and 
ARC by commodity type:  

 Freight Revenues 
 Millions 
 Agricultural Products 
 Automotive 
 Chemicals 
 Coal 
 Industrial Products 
 Intermodal 

 Total 

Revenue Carloads 
Thousands 
 Agricultural Products 
 Automotive 
 Chemicals 
 Coal 
 Industrial Products 
 Intermodal [a] 

 Total 

$ 

2014 
 3,777 
 2,103 
 3,664 
 4,127 
 4,400 
 4,489 

$

2013 
 3,276 
 2,077 
 3,501 
 3,978 
 3,822 
 4,030 

$

2012 
 3,280 
 1,807 
 3,238 
 3,912 
 3,494 
 3,955 

$   22,560 

$  20,684 

$  19,686 

2014 
 973 
 809 
 1,116 
 1,768 
 1,368 
 3,591 

2013 
 874 
 781 
 1,103 
 1,703 
 1,236 
 3,325 

 9,625    

 9,022    

% Change 
2014 v 2013 

% Change
2013 v 2012

 15  % 
 1  
 5  
 4  
 15  
 11  

 9  % 

 -  %

 15 
 8 
 2 
 9 
 2 

 5  %

% Change 
2014 v 2013 

% Change
2013 v 2012

 11  % 
 4    
 1    
 4    
 11    
 8    

 7  % 

 (3) %
 6    
 6    
 (9)   
 4    
 -    

 -  %

% Change 
2014 v 2013 

% Change 
2013 v 2012

 4  % 
 (2)   
 3    
 -    
 4    
 3    

 2  % 

 3  %
 9    
 2    
 12    
 5    
 2    

 5  %

2012 
 900 
 738 
 1,042 
 1,871 
 1,185 
 3,312 

 9,048 

2012 
 3,644 
 2,448 
 3,107 
 2,092 
 2,947 
 1,194 

 Average Revenue per Car 
 Agricultural Products 
 Automotive 
 Chemicals 
 Coal 
 Industrial Products 
 Intermodal [a] 

$

$ 

2014 
 3,881 
 2,602 
 3,282 
 2,334 
 3,217 
 1,250 

$

2013 
 3,746 
 2,659 
 3,176 
 2,336 
 3,093 
 1,212 

 Average   

$ 

 2,344 

$

 2,293 

$

 2,176 

[a]     Each intermodal container or trailer equals one carload. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
      2014 Agricultural Products Carloads 

Agricultural  Products  –  Higher  volume  and 
pricing  gains  drove  the  increase  in  freight 
revenue  from  agricultural  shipments  in  2014 
versus  2013.    Grain  shipments  increased  27%, 
reflecting the strong overall harvest in 2013 and 
2014.  The  2012  drought  negatively  impacted 
the  first  three  quarters  of  2013,  which  created 
three 
favorable  comparisons 
quarters  of  2014. 
  Lower  export  wheat 
shipments  due  to  a  larger  world  crop  partially 
offset gains in grain. 

first 

the 

for 

lower 

offset 

2013, 

volume 

price 
In 
improvements  as 
revenue  declined 
freight 
slightly versus 2012. In the fourth quarter, grain 
shipments increased 41% due to a robust fall harvest.  Despite the fourth quarter growth, grain shipments 
still decreased 4% for the full year when compared to 2012, reflecting the impact of the severe drought in 
2012 that affected territory served by us during the first three quarters of 2013.  Export wheat shipped to 
the  Gulf  and  Pacific  Northwest  increased  in  the  second  half  of  2013,  partially  offsetting  the  declines  in 
grain. 

2014 Automotive Carloads 

Automotive  –  Freight  revenue  from  automotive 
shipments 
to  2013.  
increased  compared 
Growth in automotive parts and finished vehicle 
shipments  and  core  price  improvements  drove 
the higher revenue.  The increase in automotive 
parts  volume  was  driven  by  continued  strength 
in production and market penetration.  Finished 
vehicles  shipments  increased  the  last  three 
quarters  of  2014  with  improved  sales  and 
production,  which  offset  declines  in  the  first 
quarter due to winter weather. Shifts in business 
mix and a change in how we are compensated 
for container usage, which is now included as a 
per  diem  charge  in  other  revenue,  negatively 
impacted ARC compared to 2013. 

Higher  ARC  due  to  price  increases  and  the  logistics  management  arrangement  that  covers  fees  and 
container  costs,  coupled  with  increased  shipments  of  automotive  parts  and  finished  vehicles,  improved 
automotive  revenue  in  2013  compared  to  2012.    Higher  production  and  sales  levels  during  2013  drove 
the volume growth. 

   2014 Chemicals Carloads 

in 

Chemicals  –  Core  price  improvements,  higher 
volumes  and  ARC  driven  by  positive  business 
mix  increased  freight  revenue  from  chemicals 
compared  to  2013.    Shipments  of  industrial 
chemicals  grew  as  a  result  of  continued  strong 
demand 
  Fertilizer 
the  drilling  market. 
shipments  increased  due  to  strong  exports  of 
potash.    Reduced  shipments  of  crude  oil  from 
the Bakken and Permian shale formations to the 
Gulf  area  partially  offset  these  gains  as  market 
factors, primarily regional pricing differences for 
various types of crude oil, displaced some of the 
former  Gulf  Coast  shipments  to  the  East  and 
West Coasts. 

Volume gains and price improvement increased 
freight revenue from chemicals in 2013 versus 2012.  Shipments of crude oil from the Bakken, Permian, 
Niobrara  and  Eagle  Ford  shale  formations  primarily  to  the  Gulf  area  drove  the  growth  in  shipments  of 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
chemicals.    In  addition,  shipments  of  industrial  chemicals  increased  as  manufacturing,  housing  and 
automotive markets improved. 

2014 Coal Carloads 

replenishment 

Coal  –  Freight  revenue  from  coal  shipments 
increased in 2014 compared to 2013, driven by 
higher  volumes.  Shifts 
in  business  mix 
negatively  impacted  ARC  compared  to  2013.  
(SPRB) 
Southern  Powder  River  Basin 
shipments  increased  3%  from  2013.  Strong 
demand  continued  throughout  the  year  due  to 
inventory 
network 
performance  and  contract  losses  limited  year-
over-year  volume  growth.    Shipments  from 
Colorado  and  Utah  mines 
increased  6% 
compared to 2013, driven by higher natural gas 
prices  for  most  of  the  year  and  strong  exports 
through the West Coast.  However, in the fourth 
quarter volumes from Colorado and Utah mines 
declined  as  exports 
the  Gulf  Coast 
decreased. 

but 

to 

ARC  gains  driven  by  price  increases  and  positive  business  mix,  partially  offset  by  volume  declines, 
increased freight revenue from coal shipments in 2013 versus 2012.  SPRB shipments declined 10% from 
2012 due to the loss of a customer contract at the beginning of the year, relatively mild summer weather, 
and tighter coal inventory management by utilities.  Shipments from Colorado and Utah mines decreased 
13% compared to 2012, driven by soft domestic demand and mine production issues, partially offset by 
second half growth in international shipments.  Severe flooding and washouts in Colorado also reduced 
volumes from certain producers in the third quarter. 

          2014 Industrial Products Carloads 

from 

freight 

revenue 

Industrial  Products  –  Volume  growth,  core 
pricing  gains  and  positive  business  mix 
increased 
industrial 
products  versus  2013.    Shipments  of  non-
metallic  minerals  (primarily  frac  sand,  up  31%)  
grew  as  a  result  of  drilling  activity  for  energy 
products,  as  well  as  evolving  drilling  practices, 
which  can  increase  the  amount  of  frac  sand 
used  at  certain  wells.    Additionally,  rock  and 
lumber  shipments  increased  from  2013,  driven 
by new housing and commercial construction. 

from 

revenue 

Freight 
industrial  products 
in  2013  versus  2012  driven  by 
increased 
volume  growth  and  higher  ARC  due  to  pricing 
gains  and  favorable  business  mix.    Shipments  of  non-metallic  minerals  (primarily  frac  sand)  grew  as  a 
result of drilling activity for energy products.  Additionally, growth in new housing construction and home 
improvements  drove  an  increase  in  lumber  shipments.    Declines  in  ferrous  scrap  and  government 
shipments partially offset these higher volumes. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Intermodal Carloads 

traffic 

increased  11%  due 

Intermodal  –  Freight  revenue  from  intermodal 
shipments increased in 2014 compared to 2013 
driven  by  volume  growth,  core  pricing 
improvements  and  positive  business  mix.  
Domestic 
to 
continued conversions from truck transportation 
to rail and new premium services.  International 
traffic grew 5% versus 2013, driven primarily by 
new  business  and 
improving  economic 
conditions.    International  gains  in  the  last  three 
quarters  of  the  year  offset  the  declines  in  the 
that 
first  quarter  due 
negatively impacted consumer demand. 

to  severe  weather 

Pricing improvements and slight volume growth 
drove increased freight revenue from intermodal shipments in 2013 compared to 2012.  Domestic traffic 
increased  3%  due  to  overall  economic  growth  along  with  conversions  from  truck  transportation  to  rail.  
International  traffic  declined  2%  versus  2012,  reflecting  market  share  shifts  within  the  ocean  carrier 
industry and an increase in transloading in the second half of the year.  Transloading involves the transfer 
of  goods  from  international  to  domestic  containers  at  distribution  centers  near  West  coast  ports,  which 
reduces demand for rail transportation from these centers in international containers.   

Mexico Business – Each of our commodity groups includes revenue from shipments to and from Mexico.  
Revenue  from  Mexico  business  increased  8%  to  $2.3  billion  in  2014  versus  2013.    Volume  levels 
increased  8%  from  2013,  as  increases  in  Agricultural  Products,  Chemicals,  Intermodal,  Automotive  and 
Industrial Products offset lower export Coal shipments. 

Revenue  from  Mexico  business  increased  9%  to  $2.1  billion  in  2013  versus  2012.    Shipments  were  up 
3%  versus  2012;  all  commodity  groups  grew  with  the  exception  of  Agricultural  Products.    The  largest 
growth came from Automotive and Industrial Products shipments. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Operating Expenses 

 Millions 
 Compensation and benefits 
 Fuel 
 Purchased services and materials 
 Depreciation 
 Equipment and other rents 
 Other 

$ 

2014 
 5,076 
 3,539 
 2,558 
 1,904 
 1,234 
 924 

$

2013 
 4,807 
 3,534 
 2,315 
 1,777 
 1,235 
 849 

$

2012 
 4,685 
 3,608 
 2,143 
 1,760 
 1,197 
 788 

 Total 

$   15,235 

$  14,517 

$  14,181 

% Change 
2014 v 2013   

 6  % 
 -    
 10    
 7    
 -    
 9    

 5  % 

% Change 
2013 v 2012   
 3  %
 (2)   
 8    
 1    
 3    
 8    

 2  %

        2014 Operating Expenses 

Operating  expenses  increased  $718  million  in 
2014  versus  2013.  Volume-related  expenses, 
incremental  costs  associated  with  operating  a 
slower  network,  depreciation,  wage  and  benefit 
inflation,  and 
freight  car 
materials contributed to the higher costs.  Lower 
fuel  price  partially  offset  these  increases.    In 
addition,  there  were  approximately  $35  million 
of  weather  related  costs  in  the  first  quarter  of 
2014.       

locomotive  and 

Operating  expenses  increased  $336  million  in 
2013  versus  2012.  Wage  and  benefit  inflation, 
new  logistics  management  fees  and  container 
costs  for  our  automotive  business,  locomotive 
overhauls, property taxes and repairs on jointly owned property contributed to higher expenses during the 
year. Lower fuel prices partially offset the cost increases. 

Compensation  and  Benefits  –  Compensation  and  benefits  include  wages,  payroll  taxes,  health  and 
welfare  costs,  pension  costs,  other  postretirement  benefits,  and  incentive  costs.  Volume-related 
expenses,  including  training,  and  a  slower  network  increased  our  train  and  engine  work  force,  which, 
along with general wage and benefit inflation, drove increased wages.  Weather-related costs in the first 
quarter of 2014 also increased costs.  

General wages and benefits inflation, including increased pension and other postretirement benefits, and 
higher  work  force  levels  drove  the  increases  in  2013  versus  2012.    The  impact  of  ongoing  productivity 
initiatives partially offset these increases. 

Fuel  –  Fuel  includes  locomotive  fuel  and  gasoline  for  highway  and  non-highway  vehicles  and  heavy 
equipment. Volume growth of 7%, as measured by gross ton-miles, drove the increase in fuel expense. 
This  was  essentially  offset  by  lower  locomotive  diesel  fuel  prices,  which  averaged  $2.97  per  gallon 
(including  taxes  and  transportation  costs)  in  2014,  compared  to  $3.15  in  2013,  along  with  a  slight 
improvement in fuel consumption rate, computed as gallons of fuel consumed divided by gross ton-miles. 

Lower locomotive diesel fuel prices, which averaged $3.15 per gallon (including taxes and transportation 
costs) in 2013, compared to $3.22 in 2012, decreased expenses by $75 million.  Volume, as measured by 
gross  ton-miles,  decreased  1%  while  the  fuel  consumption  rate,  computed  as  gallons  of  fuel  consumed 
divided by gross ton-miles, increased 2% compared to 2012.  Declines in heavier, more fuel-efficient coal 
shipments drove the variances in gross-ton-miles and the fuel consumption rate.   

Purchased Services and Materials – Expense for purchased services and materials includes the costs of 
services  purchased  from  outside  contractors  and  other  service  providers  (including  equipment 
maintenance  and  contract  expenses  incurred  by  our  subsidiaries  for  external  transportation  services); 
materials  used  to  maintain  the  Railroad’s  lines,  structures,  and  equipment;  costs  of  operating  facilities 
jointly  used  by  UPRR  and  other  railroads;  transportation  and  lodging  for  train  crew  employees;  trucking 
and contracting costs for intermodal containers; leased automobile maintenance expenses; and tools and 
supplies.  Expenses  for  purchased  services  increased  8%  compared  to  2013  primarily  due  to  volume-

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
related  expenses  incurred  by  our  logistics  subsidiaries  for  external  transportation  and  increased  crew 
transportation and lodging due to volumes and a slower network.  In addition, higher consulting fees and 
higher  contract  expenses  (including  equipment  maintenance)  increased  costs  compared  to  2013.  
Locomotive  and  freight  car  material  expenses  increased  in  2014  compared  to  2013  due  to  additional 
volumes,  including  the  impact  of  activating  stored  equipment  to  address  operational  issues  caused  by 
demand and a slower network. 

Expenses for purchased services increased 10% in 2013 compared to 2012 due to logistics management 
fees, an increase in locomotive overhauls and repairs on jointly owned property. 

Depreciation – The majority of depreciation relates to road property, including rail, ties, ballast, and other 
track material.  Depreciation was up 7% compared to 2013.  A higher depreciable asset base, reflecting 
higher ongoing capital spending drove the increase.   

Depreciation  was  up  1%  in  2013  compared  to  2012.    Recent  depreciation  studies  allowed  us  to  use 
longer  estimated  service  lives  for  certain  equipment,  which  partially  offset  the  impact  of  a  higher 
depreciable asset base resulting from larger capital spending in recent years. 

Equipment and Other Rents – Equipment and other rents expense primarily includes rental expense that 
the Railroad pays for freight cars owned by other railroads or private companies; freight car, intermodal, 
and locomotive leases; and office and other rent expenses. Higher intermodal volumes and longer cycle 
times increased short-term freight car rental expense in 2014 compared to 2013. Lower equipment leases 
essentially offset the higher freight car rental expense, as we exercised purchase options on some of our 
leased equipment. 

Additional  container  costs  resulting  from  the  logistics  management  arrangement,  and  increased 
automotive shipments, partially offset by lower cycle times drove a $51 million increase in our short-term 
freight  car  rental  expense  in  2013  versus  2012.    Conversely,  lower  locomotive  and  freight  car  lease 
expenses partially offset the higher freight car rental expense. 

Other – Other expenses include state and local taxes, freight, equipment and property damage, utilities, 
insurance,  personal  injury,  environmental,  employee  travel,  telephone  and  cellular,  computer  software, 
bad debt, and other general expenses.  Higher property taxes, personal injury expense and utilities costs 
partially  offset  by  lower  environmental  expense  and  costs  associated  with  damaged  freight  drove  the 
increase in other costs in 2014 compared to 2013.   

Higher property taxes and costs associated with damaged freight and property increased other costs in 
2013 compared to 2012. Continued improvement in our safety performance and lower estimated liability 
for personal injury, which reduced our personal injury expense year-over-year, partially offset increases in 
other costs.     

Non-Operating Items 

 Millions 
 Other income 
 Interest expense 
 Income taxes 

$ 

2014 
 151 
 (561)
 (3,163)

$

2013 
 128 
 (526)
 (2,660)   

$

2012 
 108 
 (535)
 (2,375)

 % Change 
2014 v 2013 

 % Change 
2013 v 2012

 18  %
 7    
 19  %

 19  %
 (2)   
 12  %

Other Income – Other income increased in 2014 versus 2013 due to higher gains from real estate sales 
and a sale of a permanent easement.  These gains were partially offset by higher environmental costs on 
non-operating property in 2014 and lower lease income due to the $17 million settlement of a land lease 
contract in 2013. 

Other  income  increased  in  2013  versus  2012  due  to  higher  gains  from  real  estate  sales  and  increased 
lease  income,  including  the  favorable  impact  from  the  $17  million  settlement  of  a  land  lease  contract.  
These increases were partially offset by interest received from a tax refund in 2012. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  Expense  –  Interest  expense  increased  in  2014  versus  2013  due  to  an  increased  weighted-
average debt level of $10.8 billion in 2014 from $9.6 billion in 2013, which more than offset the impact of 
the lower effective interest rate of 5.3% in 2014 versus 5.7% in 2013.  

Interest  expense  decreased  in  2013  versus  2012  due  to  a  lower  effective  interest  rate  of  5.7%  in  2013 
versus 6.0% in 2012. The increase in the weighted-average debt level to $9.6 billion in 2013 from $9.1 
billion in 2012 partially offset the impact of the lower effective interest rate. 

Income Taxes – Higher pre-tax income increased income taxes in 2014 compared to 2013. Our effective 
tax rate for 2014 was 37.9% compared to 37.7% in 2013. 

Higher pre-tax income increased income taxes in 2013 compared to 2012. Our effective tax rate for 2013 
was 37.7% compared to 37.6% in 2012. 

OTHER OPERATING/PERFORMANCE AND FINANCIAL STATISTICS 

We  report  a  number  of  key  performance  measures  weekly  to  the  Association  of  American  Railroads 
(AAR).  We provide this data on our website at www.up.com/investor/aar-stb_reports/index.htm. 

Operating/Performance Statistics 

Railroad performance measures are included in the table below: 

 Average train speed (miles per hour) 
 Average terminal dwell time (hours) 
 Gross ton-miles (billions) 
 Revenue ton-miles (billions) 
 Operating ratio 
 Employees (average) 

2014 
 24.0 
 30.3 
 1,014.9 
 549.6 
 63.5 
 47,201 

2013 
 26.0 
 27.1 
 949.1 
 514.3 
 66.1 
 46,445 

2012 
 26.5 
 26.2 
 959.3 
 521.1 
 67.8 
 45,928 

 % Change 
2014 v 2013

 % Change 
2013 v 2012

 (8)% 
 12 % 
 7 % 
 7 % 
 (2.6)pts 
 2 % 

 (2)% 
 3 % 
 (1)% 
 (1)% 
 (1.7)pts 
 1 % 

Average Train Speed – Average train speed is calculated by dividing train miles by hours operated on our 
main  lines  between  terminals.    Average  train  speed,  as  reported  to  the  Association  of  American 
Railroads,  decreased  8%  in  2014  versus  2013.    The  decline  was  driven  by  a  7%  volume  increase,  a 
major infrastructure project in Fort Worth, Texas and inclement weather, including flooding in the Midwest 
in the second quarter and severe weather conditions in the first quarter that impacted all major U.S. and 
Canadian railroads. 

Average  train  speed  decreased  2%  in  2013  versus  2012.    The  decline  was  driven  by  severe  weather 
conditions and shifts of traffic to sections of our network with higher utilization. 

Average Terminal Dwell Time – Average terminal dwell time is the average time that a rail car spends at 
our terminals. Lower average terminal dwell time improves asset utilization and service. Average terminal 
dwell time increased 12% in 2014 compared to 2013, caused by higher volumes and inclement weather.  

Average terminal dwell time increased 3% in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to growth of manifest 
traffic which requires more time in terminals for switching cars and building trains. 

Gross and Revenue Ton-Miles – Gross ton-miles are calculated by multiplying the weight of loaded and 
empty  freight  cars  by  the  number  of  miles  hauled.  Revenue  ton-miles  are  calculated  by  multiplying  the 
weight  of  freight  by  the  number  of  tariff  miles.    Gross  ton-miles,  revenue  ton-miles  and  carloadings  all 
increased 7% in 2014 compared to 2013.  

Gross  ton-miles  and  revenue  ton-miles  declined  1%  in  2013  compared  to  2012  and  carloads  remained 
relatively flat driven by declines in coal and agricultural products offset by growth in chemical, autos and 
industrial  products.  Changes  in  commodity  mix  drove  the  year-over-year  variances  between  gross  ton-
miles, revenue ton-miles and carloads.   

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Operating  Ratio  –  Operating  ratio  is  our  operating  expenses  reflected  as  a  percentage  of  operating 
revenue.    Our  operating  ratio  improved  2.6  points  to  a  new  record  low  of  63.5%  in  2014  versus  2013.  
Core  pricing,  business  demand  and  productivity  more  than  offset  the  incremental  operating  costs 
associated with volume, a slower network, weather and inflation.  

Our operating ratio improved 1.7 points to a then record low of 66.1% in 2013 versus 2012.  Core pricing 
and productivity gains more than offset the impact of inflation. 

Employees – Employee levels increased 2% in 2014 versus 2013.  A decrease in our capital workforce 
due to improved productivity and project mix partially offset the larger train and engine workforce required 
for  higher  volume  levels  and  a  slower  network.    We  successfully  managed  the  growth  of  our  full-time 
equivalent train and engine force levels at a rate less than our volume growth in 2014 compared to 2013. 

Employee  levels  increased  1%  in  2013  versus  2012.    Shifts  in  our  traffic  mix,  which  required  more 
resources,  largely  concentrated  in  the  Southern  region,  work  related  to  higher  capital  investment  in 
positive  train  control  and  more  individuals  in  the  training  pipeline  contributed  to  the  higher  employee 
levels. 

Return on Average Common Shareholders’ Equity 

 Millions, Except Percentages 
 Net income 
 Average equity 

 Return on average common shareholders' equity 

Return on Invested Capital as Adjusted (ROIC) 

 Millions, Except Percentages 
 Net income 
 Interest expense 
 Interest on present value of operating leases 
 Taxes on interest 

 Net operating profit after taxes as adjusted (a) 

 Average equity 
 Average debt 
 Average present value of operating leases 

$
$

$

$

$

2014 
 5,180 
 21,207 

24.4%

2014 
 5,180 
 561 
 158 
 (273)

 5,626 

 21,207 
 10,529 
 2,980 

$
$

$

$

$

2013 
 4,388 
 20,551 

21.4%

2013 
 4,388 
 526 
 175 
 (264)

 4,825 

 20,551 
 9,287 
 3,077 

$
$

$

$

$

2012 
 3,943 
 19,228 

20.5%

2012 
 3,943 
 535 
 190 
 (273)

 4,395 

 19,228 
 8,952 
 3,160 

 Average invested capital as adjusted (b) 

$

 34,716 

$

 32,915 

$

 31,340 

 Return on invested capital as adjusted (a/b) 

16.2%

14.7%

14.0%

ROIC is considered a non-GAAP financial measure by SEC Regulation G and Item 10 of SEC Regulation 
S-K,  and  may  not  be  defined  and  calculated  by  other  companies  in  the  same  manner.  We  believe  this 
measure is important in evaluating the efficiency and effectiveness of our long-term capital investments.  
In  addition,  we  currently  use  ROIC  as  a  performance  criteria  in  determining  certain  elements  of  equity 
compensation  for  our  executives.  ROIC  should  be  considered  in  addition  to,  rather  than  as  a  substitute 
for, other information provided in accordance with GAAP. The most comparable GAAP measure is Return 
on  Average  Common  Shareholders’  Equity.  The  tables  above  provide  reconciliations  from  return  on 
average common shareholders’ equity to ROIC. Our 2014 ROIC improved 1.5 points compared to 2013, 
primarily as a result of higher earnings. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt to Capital 

 Millions, Except Percentages 
 Debt (a) 
 Equity 
 Capital (b) 

 Debt to capital (a/b) 

Adjusted Debt to Capital 

 Millions, Except Percentages 
 Debt 
 Net present value of operating leases 
 Unfunded pension and OPEB 
 Adjusted debt (a) 
 Equity 
 Adjusted capital (b) 

 Adjusted debt to capital (a/b) 

$

$

$

$

$

2014 
 11,480 
 21,189 
 32,669 

35.1%

2014 
 11,480 
 2,902 
 523 
 14,905 
 21,189 
 36,094 

41.3%

$

$

$

$

$

2013 
 9,577 
 21,225 
 30,802 

31.1%

2013 
 9,577 
 3,057 
 170 
 12,804 
 21,225 
 34,029 

37.6%

Adjusted debt to capital is a non-GAAP financial measure under SEC Regulation G and Item 10 of SEC 
Regulation  S-K,  and  may  not  be  defined  and  calculated  by  other  companies  in  the  same  manner.  We 
believe this measure is important to management and investors in evaluating the total amount of leverage 
in  our  capital  structure,  including  off-balance  sheet  lease  obligations,  which  we  generally  incur  in 
connection with financing the acquisition of locomotives and freight cars and certain facilities.  Operating 
leases  were  discounted  using  5.3%  and  5.7%  at  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  The 
discount  rate  reflects  our  effective  interest  rate.  We  monitor  the  ratio  of  adjusted  debt  to  capital  as  we 
manage our capital structure to balance cost-effective and efficient access to the capital markets with our 
overall  cost  of  capital.  Adjusted  debt  to  capital  should  be  considered  in  addition  to,  rather  than  as  a 
substitute  for,  debt  to  capital.  The  tables  above  provide  reconciliations  from  debt  to  capital  to  adjusted 
debt  to  capital.  Our  December  31,  2014  debt  to  capital  ratios  increased  as  a  result  of  a  $1.9  billion 
increase in debt from December 31, 2013. 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

As  of  December  31,  2014,  our  principal  sources  of  liquidity  included  cash,  cash  equivalents,  our 
receivables securitization facility, and our revolving credit facility, as well as the availability of commercial 
paper and other sources of financing through the capital markets. We had $1.7 billion of committed credit 
available under our credit facility, with no borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2014. We did not 
make any borrowings under this facility during 2014. The value of the outstanding undivided interest held 
by  investors  under  the  $650  million  capacity  receivables  securitization  facility  was  $400  million  as  of 
December  31,  2014,  and  is  included  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial  Position  as  debt  due 
after  one  year.    Our  access  to  this  receivables  securitization  facility  may  be  reduced  or  restricted  if  our 
bond ratings fall to certain levels below investment grade. If our bond rating were to deteriorate, it could 
have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  liquidity.  Access  to  commercial  paper  as  well  as  other  capital  market 
financings is dependent on market conditions. Deterioration of our operating results or financial condition 
due  to  internal  or  external  factors  could  negatively  impact  our  ability  to  access  capital  markets  as  a 
source  of  liquidity.  Access  to  liquidity  through  the  capital  markets  is  also  dependent  on  our  financial 
stability.  We  expect  that  we  will  continue  to  have  access  to  liquidity  through  any  or  all  of  the  following 
sources  or  activities:  (i)  increasing  the  size  or  utilization  of  our  receivables  securitization,  (ii)  issuing 
commercial  paper,  (iii)  entering  into  bank  loans,  outside  of  our  revolving  credit  facility,  or  (iv)  issuing 
bonds  or  other  debt  securities  to  public  or  private  investors  based  on  our  assessment  of  the  current 
condition of the credit markets. The Company’s $1.7 billion revolving credit facility is intended to support 
the  issuance  of  commercial  paper  by  UPC  and  also  serves  as  an  emergency  source  of  liquidity.  The 
Company currently does not intend to make any borrowings under this facility. 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had a modest working capital surplus. This reflects a strong cash 
position  that  provides  enhanced  liquidity  in  an  uncertain  economic  environment.  In  addition,  we  believe 

34 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
we have adequate access to capital markets to meet any foreseeable cash requirements, and we have 
sufficient financial capacity to satisfy our current liabilities. 

 Cash Flows 
 Millions 
 Cash provided by operating activities 
 Cash used in investing activities 
 Cash used in financing activities 

 Net change in cash and cash equivalents 

Operating Activities 

2014 
 7,385 
 (4,249)
 (2,982)

 154 

$

$

2013 
 6,823 
 (3,405)
 (3,049)

 369 

$

$

2012 
 6,161 
 (3,633)
 (2,682)

 (154)

$

$

Higher  net  income  in  2014  increased  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  compared  to  2013,  despite 
higher income tax payments. 2014 income tax payments were higher than 2013 primarily due to higher 
income, but also because we paid taxes previously deferred by bonus depreciation (discussed below). 

Higher net income in 2013 increased cash provided by operating activities compared to 2012. In addition, 
we made payments in 2012 for past wages as a result of national labor negotiations, which reduced cash 
provided  by  operating  activities  in  2012.    Lower  tax  benefits  from  bonus  depreciation  (as  discussed 
below) partially offset the increases. 

Federal  tax  law  provided  for  100%  bonus  depreciation  for  qualified  investments  made  during  2011  and 
50%  bonus  depreciation  for  qualified  investments  made  during  2012-2013.    As  a  result,  the  Company 
deferred a substantial portion of its 2011-2013 income tax expense, contributing to the positive operating 
cash  flow  in  those  years.    Congress  extended  50%  bonus  depreciation  for  2014,  but  this  extension 
occurred in December and did not have a significant benefit on our income tax payments during 2014. 

Investing Activities 

Higher  capital  investments,  including  the  early  buyout  of  the  long-term  operating  lease  of  our 
headquarters  building  for  approximately  $261  million,  drove  the  increase  in  cash  used  in  investing 
activities  compared  to  2013.  Significant  investments  also  were  made  for  new  locomotives,  freight  cars 
and containers, and capacity and commercial facility projects. Capital investments in 2014 also included 
$99 million for the early buyout of locomotives and freight cars under long-term operating leases, which 
we exercised due to favorable economic terms and market conditions. 

Lower  capital  investments  in  locomotives  and  freight  cars  in  2013  drove  the  decrease  in  cash  used  in 
investing  activities  compared  to  2012.  Included  in  capital  investments  in  2012  was  $75  million  for  the 
early  buyout  of  165  locomotives  under  long-term  operating  and  capital  leases  during  the  first  quarter  of 
2012, which we exercised due to favorable economic terms and market conditions.  

35 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables detail cash capital investments and track statistics for the years ended December 31, 
2014, 2013, and 2012: 

 Millions 
 Rail and other track material 
 Ties 
 Ballast 
 Other [a] 

 Total road infrastructure replacements 

 Line expansion and other capacity projects 
 Commercial facilities 

 Total capacity and commercial facilities 

 Locomotives and freight cars 
 Positive train control 
 Technology and other [b] 

 Total cash capital investments 

$

2014 
 749 
 415 
 204 
 378 

 1,746 

 515 
 217 

 732 

 1,067 
 384 
 417 

$

2013 
 743 
 438 
 226 
 326 

 1,733 

 455 
 146 

 601 

 580 
 419 
 163 

$

2012 
 759 
 434 
 203 
 312 

 1,708 

 489 
 169 

 658 

 875 
 349 
 148 

$

 4,346 

$

 3,496 

$

 3,738 

[a]    Other includes bridges and tunnels, signals, other road assets, and road work equipment. 
[b]    Technology and other includes the early buyout of our headquarters building operating lease. 

 Track miles of rail replaced 
 Track miles of rail capacity expansion 
 New ties installed (thousands) 
 Miles of track surfaced 

2014 
 912 
 119 
 4,076 
 10,791 

2013 
 834 
 97 
 3,870 
 11,017 

2012 
 964 
 139 
 4,436 
 11,049 

Capital Plan – In 2015, we expect our capital plan to be approximately $4.3 billion, which may be revised 
if  business  conditions  or  the  regulatory  environment  affect  our  ability  to  generate  sufficient  returns  on 
these investments.  While asset replacements will fluctuate as part of our renewal strategy, we expect to 
use  55%  to  60%  of  our  capital  investments  to  renew  and  improve  existing  capital  assets.    Our  major 
investment categories include renewing track infrastructure and upgrading our fleet of locomotives, freight 
cars,  and  domestic  intermodal  containers.    In  2015,  we  plan  to  acquire  218  locomotives  and  increase 
freight car and container acquisitions.  Additionally, we will continue increasing our network and terminal 
capacity, especially in the Southern region, while balancing terminal capacity with mainline capacity.  In 
2015,  we  also  plan  to  begin  constructing  a  major  classification  yard  at  Hearne,  Texas,  and  continue 
developing several intermodal, automotive and chemicals facilities.  Significant investments in technology 
improvements are planned, including approximately $450 million for PTC. 

We expect to fund our 2015 cash capital plan by using some or all of the following: cash generated from 
operations, proceeds from the sale or lease of various operating and non-operating properties, proceeds 
from the issuance of long-term debt, and cash on hand. Our annual capital plan is a critical component of 
our long-term strategic plan. We expect our plan will enhance the long-term value of the Company for our 
shareholders by providing sufficient resources to (i) replace and improve our existing track infrastructure 
to provide safe and fluid operations, (ii) increase network efficiency by adding or improving facilities and 
track,  and  (iii)  make  investments  that  meet  customer  demand  and  take  advantage  of  opportunities  for 
long-term growth. 

Financing Activities 

Cash  used  in  financing  activities  remained  flat  in  2014  versus  2013.  Increases  for  the  repurchase  of 
shares  under  our  common  stock  repurchase  program  and  higher  dividend  payments  in  2014  of  $1.6 
billion compared to $1.3 billion in 2013 were offset by higher debt issuances in 2014. 

Cash used in financing activities increased in 2013 versus 2012, driven by a $744 million increase for the 
repurchase  of  shares  under  our  common  stock  repurchase  program  and  higher  dividend  payments  in 
2013  of  $1.3  billion  compared  to  $1.1  billion  in  2012.    We  increased  our  debt  levels  in  2013,  which 
partially offset the increase in cash used in financing activities. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends – On February 5, 2015, we increased the quarterly dividend to $0.55 per share, payable on 
March 30, 2015, to shareholders of record on February 27, 2015. We expect to fund the increase in the 
quarterly dividend through cash generated from operations and cash on hand at December 31, 2014. 

Credit  Facilities  –  During  the  second  quarter  of  2014,  we  replaced  our  $1.8  billion  revolving  credit 
facility,  which  was  scheduled  to  expire  in  May  2015,  with  a  new  $1.7  billion  facility  that  expires  in  May 
2019  (the  facility).  The  facility  is  based  on  substantially  similar  terms  as  those  in  the  previous  credit 
facility.  On  December  31,  2014,  we  had  $1.7  billion  of  credit  available  under  the  facility,  which  is 
designated for general corporate purposes and supports the issuance of commercial paper. We did not 
draw  on  either  facility  at  any  time  during  2014.  Commitment  fees  and  interest  rates  payable  under  the 
facility  are  similar  to  fees  and  rates  available  to  comparably  rated,  investment-grade  borrowers.  The 
facility allows for borrowings at floating rates based on London Interbank Offered Rates, plus a spread, 
depending upon credit ratings for our senior unsecured debt. 

The  facility  requires  that  the  Corporation  maintain  a  debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio  as  a  condition  to 
making a borrowing. At December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013 (and at all times during the year), 
we  were  in  compliance  with  this  covenant.  The  definition  of  debt  used  for  purposes  of  calculating  the 
debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio  includes,  among  other  things,  certain  credit  arrangements,  capital 
leases, guarantees and unfunded and vested pension benefits under Title IV of ERISA. At December 31, 
2014, the debt-to-net-worth coverage ratio allowed us to carry up to $42.4 billion of debt (as defined in the 
facility), and we had $11.6 billion of debt (as defined in the facility) outstanding at that date.  Under our 
current  capital  plans,  we  expect  to  continue  to  satisfy  the  debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio;  however, 
many  factors  beyond  our  reasonable  control  could  affect  our  ability  to  comply  with  this  provision  in  the 
future. The facility does not include any other financial restrictions, credit rating triggers (other than rating-
dependent pricing), or any other provision that could require us to post collateral. The facility also includes 
a $125 million cross-default provision and a change-of-control provision. 

During 2014, we did not issue or repay any commercial paper, and at December 31, 2014, and 2013, we 
had no commercial paper outstanding. Our revolving credit facility supports our outstanding commercial 
paper  balances,  and,  unless  we  change  the  terms  of  our  commercial  paper  program,  our  aggregate 
issuance of commercial paper will not exceed the amount of borrowings available under the facility.  

(See further discussion in this Item 7 under Receivables Securitization Facility for information regarding 
the Company’s receivables securitization facility.) 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges 

For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, our ratio of earnings to fixed charges 
was  13.5,  11.8,  and  10.4,  respectively.  The  ratio  of  earnings  to  fixed  charges  was  computed  on  a 
consolidated  basis.  Earnings  represent  income  from  continuing  operations,  less  equity  earnings  net  of 
distributions,  plus  fixed  charges  and  income  taxes.  Fixed  charges  represent  interest  charges, 
amortization  of  debt  discount,  and  the  estimated  amount  representing  the  interest  portion  of  rental 
charges.  (See Exhibit 12 to this report for the calculation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges.) 

Common Shareholders’ Equity 

Dividend Restrictions – Our revolving credit facility includes a debt-to-net worth covenant (discussed in 
the  Credit  Facilities  section  above)  that,  under  certain  circumstances,  restricts  the  payment  of  cash 
dividends to our shareholders. The amount of retained earnings available for dividends was $15.4 billion 
and $16.3 billion at December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share Repurchase Program 

Effective January 1, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 120 million shares of 
our common stock by December 31, 2017, replacing our previous repurchase program. As of December 
31, 2014, we repurchased a total of $12.6 billion of our common stock since the commencement of our 
repurchase  programs  in  2007.    The  table  below  represents  shares  repurchased  in  2013  under  our 
previous repurchase program, and shares repurchased in 2014 under the new program. 

 First quarter 
 Second quarter  
 Third quarter  
 Fourth quarter 

 Total  

Number of Shares Purchased 
2013 
 5,762,800 
 6,122,940 
 7,333,788 
 9,858,110 

2014 
 7,640,000 
 8,320,000 
 8,347,000 
 7,736,400 

$

$ 

Average Price Paid 
2013 
 68.29 
 75.71 
 78.39 
 79.68 

2014  
 89.43  
 96.84  
 102.54  
 113.77  

 32,043,400 

 29,077,638 

$  100.65  

$ 

 76.26 

Remaining number of shares that may be repurchased under current authority 

87,956,600 

Management's assessments of market conditions and other pertinent facts guide the timing and volume 
of all repurchases.  We expect to fund any share repurchases under this program through cash generated 
from operations, the sale or lease of various operating and non-operating properties, debt issuances, and 
cash on hand.  Repurchased shares are recorded in treasury stock at cost, which includes any applicable 
commissions and fees. 

From January 1, 2015, through February 6, 2015, we repurchased 2.8 million shares at an aggregate cost 
of approximately $327 million. 

Shelf Registration Statement and Significant New Borrowings – Under our current shelf registration, 
we may issue, from time to time, any combination of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, or 
warrants for debt securities or preferred stock in one or more offerings. We have no immediate plans to 
issue  equity  securities;  however,  we  will  continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  replace  existing  debt  or 
access capital through issuances of debt securities under our shelf registration, and, therefore, we may 
issue additional debt securities at any time. 

During  2014,  we  issued  the  following  unsecured,  fixed-rate  debt  securities  under  our  current  shelf 
registration: 

 Date 
 January 10, 2014 

 August 12, 2014 

Description of Securities 
$300 million of 2.25% Notes due February 15, 2019 
$400 million of 3.75% Notes due March 15, 2024 
$300 million of 4.85% Notes due June 15, 2044 
$350 million of 3.25% Notes due January 15, 2025 
$350 million of 4.15% Notes due January 15, 2045 

We used the net proceeds from the offerings for general corporate purposes, including the repurchase of 
common  stock  pursuant  to  our  share  repurchase  program.  These  debt  securities  include  change-of-
control provisions. At December 31, 2014, we had remaining authority to issue up to $1.15 billion of debt 
securities under our shelf registration. 

Subsequent  Event  -  In  2015,  we  issued  the  following  unsecured,  fixed-rate  debt  securities  under  our 
current shelf registration: 

 Date 
 January 29, 2015 

Description of Securities 
$250 million of 1.80% Notes due February 1, 2020 
$450 million of 3.375% Notes due February 1, 2035 
$450 million of 3.875% Notes due February 1, 2055 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
Proceeds  from  this  offering  are  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  the  repurchase  of  common 
stock  pursuant  to  our  share  repurchase  program.  These  debt  securities  include  change-of-control 
provisions. This offering exhausted our current authority to issue debt securities under our existing shelf 
registration. 

On February 5, 2015, the Board of Directors approved proceeding with a new shelf registration statement 
and authorized the issuance of up to $4.0 billion of debt securities. 

Equipment Trust – On May 20, 2014, UPRR consummated a pass-through (P/T) financing, whereby a 
P/T  trust  was  created,  which  issued  $500  million  of  P/T  trust  certificates  with  a  stated  interest  rate  of 
3.227%. The P/T trust certificates will mature on May 14, 2026. The proceeds from the issuance of the 
P/T  trust  certificates  (net  of  $3  million  in  transaction  fees)  were  used  to  purchase  equipment  trust 
certificates  to  be  issued  by  UPRR  to  finance  the  acquisition  of  245  locomotives.  The  equipment  trust 
certificates are secured by a lien on the locomotives. 

Debt Exchange – On August 21, 2013, we exchanged $1,170 million of various outstanding notes and 
debentures due between 2016 and 2040 (the Existing Notes) for $439 million of 3.646% notes (the New 
2024  Notes)  due  February  15,  2024  and  $700  million  of  4.821%  notes  (the  New  2044  Notes)  due 
February  1,  2044,  plus  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $280  million  in  addition  to  $8  million  for 
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on  the  Existing  Notes.    In  accordance  with  ASC  470-50-40,  Debt-
Modifications  and  Extinguishments-Derecognition,  this  transaction  was  accounted  for  as  a  debt 
exchange, as the exchanged debt instruments are not considered to be substantially different.  The cash 
consideration  was  recorded  as  an  adjustment  to  the  carrying  value  of  debt,  and  the  balance  of  the 
unamortized  discount  and  issue  costs  from  the  Existing  Notes  is  being  amortized  as  an  adjustment  of 
interest expense over the terms of the New 2024 Notes and the New 2044 Notes.  No gain or loss was 
recognized as a result of the exchange.  Costs related to the debt exchange that were payable to parties 
other than the debt holders totaled approximately $9 million and were included in interest expense during 
the three months ended September 30, 2013. 

The following table lists the outstanding notes and debentures that were exchanged: 

 Millions 
The 2024 Offers 
     7.000% Debentures due 2016 
     5.650% Notes due 2017 
     5.750% Notes due 2017 
     5.700% Notes due 2018 
     7.875% Notes due 2019 
     6.125% Notes due 2020 

The 2044 Offers 
     7.125% Debentures due 2028 
     6.625% Debentures due 2029 
     6.250% Debentures due 2034 
     6.150% Debentures due 2037 
     5.780% Notes due 2040 

 Total 

Principal amount
exchanged

$ 

 8 
 38 
 70 
 103 
 20 
 238 

 73 
 177 
 19 
 138 
 286 

$ 

 1,170 

Debt  Redemption  –  On  May  14,  2013,  we  redeemed  all  $40  million  of  our  outstanding  5.65%  Port  of 
Corpus Christi Authority Revenue Refunding Bonds due December 1, 2022.  The redemption resulted in 
an early extinguishment charge of $1 million in the second quarter of 2013.   

Receivables  Securitization  Facility  –  On  July  29,  2014,  we  completed  the  renewal  of  our  receivables 
securitization facility. The new $650 million, 3-year facility replaces the prior $600 million, 364-day facility. 
Under  the  facility,  the  Railroad  sells  most  of  its  eligible  third-party  receivables  to  Union  Pacific 
Receivables, Inc. (UPRI), a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary that may subsequently transfer, 
without  recourse,  an  undivided  interest  in  accounts  receivable  to  investors.  The  investors  have  no 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
recourse to the Railroad’s other assets except for customary warranty and indemnity claims. Creditors of 
the Railroad do not have recourse to the assets of UPRI. 

The amount outstanding under the facility was $400 million and $0 at December 31, 2014, and December 
31, 2013, respectively. The facility was supported by $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion of accounts receivable 
as collateral at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively, which, as a retained interest, 
is included in accounts receivable, net in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

The outstanding amount the Railroad is allowed to maintain under the facility, with a maximum of $650 
million, may fluctuate based on the availability of eligible receivables and is directly affected by business 
volumes  and  credit  risks,  including  receivables  payment  quality  measures  such  as  default  and  dilution 
ratios.  If  default  or  dilution  ratios  increase  one  percent,  the  allowable  outstanding  amount  under  the 
facility would not materially change. 

The  costs  of  the  receivables  securitization  facility  include  interest,  which  will  vary  based  on  prevailing 
benchmark  and  commercial  paper  rates,  program  fees  paid  to  participating  banks,  commercial  paper 
issuing  costs,  and  fees  of  participating  banks  for  unused  commitment  availability.    The  costs  of  the 
receivables securitization facility are included in interest expense and were $4 million, $5 million and $3 
million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments 

As  described  in  the  notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and  as  referenced  in  the  tables 
below,  we  have  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments  that  may  affect  our  financial 
condition.  Based  on  our  assessment  of  the  underlying  provisions  and  circumstances  of  our  contractual 
obligations and commercial commitments, including material sources of off-balance sheet and structured 
finance  arrangements,  other  than  the  risks  that  we  and  other  similarly  situated  companies  face  with 
respect to the condition of the capital markets (as described in Item 1A of Part II of this report),  there is 
no known trend, demand, commitment, event, or uncertainty that is reasonably likely to occur that would 
have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity. In 
addition,  our  commercial  obligations,  financings,  and  commitments  are  customary  transactions  that  are 
similar to those of other comparable corporations, particularly within the transportation industry. 

The following tables identify material obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2014: 

Payments Due by December 31, 

 Contractual Obligations 
 Millions 
 Debt [a] 
 Operating leases [b] 
 Capital lease obligations [c] 
 Purchase obligations [d] 
 Other post retirement benefits [e] 
 Income tax contingencies [f] 

Total
$ 17,897  $
 3,725 
 1,927 
 6,271 
 450 
 151 

2015 
 829  $
 508 
 253 
 3,446 
 42 
 6 

2017 

2016 
 953  $  1,372  $
 484 
 249 
 1,415 
 44 
 -   

 429 
 246 
 384 
 44 
 -   

2018 
 868  $
 356 
 224 
 325 
 45 
 -   

2019 
 898  $ 12,977  $
 323 
 210 
 251 
 46 
 -   

After  
2019  Other
 - 
 - 
 - 
 32 
 - 
 145 

 1,625 
 745 
 418 
 229 
 -   

 Total contractual obligations 

$ 30,421  $  5,084  $  3,145  $  2,475  $  1,818  $  1,728  $ 15,994  $  177 

[a]  Excludes  capital  lease  obligations  of  $1,520  million  and  unamortized  discount  of  $(591)  million.  Includes  an  interest

component of $7,346 million. 
Includes leases for locomotives, freight cars, other equipment, and real estate.  

[b] 

[c]  Represents total obligations, including interest component of $407 million. 

[e] 

[d]  Purchase  obligations  include  locomotive  maintenance  contracts;  purchase  commitments  for  fuel  purchases,  locomotives,
ties,  ballast,  rail,  and  aircraft;  and  agreements  to  purchase  other  goods  and  services.    For  amounts  where  we  cannot
reasonably estimate the year of settlement, they are reflected in the Other column. 
Includes estimated other post retirement, medical, and life insurance payments, payments made under the unfunded pension
plan for the next ten years.  
Future  cash  flows  for  income  tax  contingencies  reflect  the  recorded  liabilities  and  assets  for  unrecognized  tax  benefits,
including interest and penalties, as of December 31, 2014.  For amounts where the year of settlement is uncertain, they are
reflected in the Other column. 

[f] 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
Amount of Commitment Expiration per Period 

 Other Commercial Commitments 
 Millions 
 Credit facilities [a] 
 Receivables securitization facility [b] 
 Guarantees [c] 
 Standby letters of credit [d] 

Total
$  1,700  $
 650 
 82 
 40 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

 -  $
 - 
 12 
 34 

 -  $
 - 
 26 
 6 

 -  $

 650 
 10 
 - 

 -  $  1,700  $
 - 
 11 
 - 

 - 
 8 
 - 

After
2019 
 - 
 - 
 15 
 - 

 Total commercial commitments 

$  2,472  $

 46  $

 32  $

 660  $

 11  $  1,708  $

 15 

[a]   None of the credit facility was used as of December 31, 2014. 

[b]  

[c]  

$400 million of the receivables securitization facility was utilized as of December 31, 2014, which is accounted for as debt.
The full program matures in July 2017. 
Includes guaranteed obligations related to our equipment financings and affiliated operations.  

[d]   None of the letters of credit were drawn upon as of December 31, 2014. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Guarantees  –  At  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  were  contingently  liable  for  $82  million  and  $299 
million in guarantees. We have recorded liabilities of $0.3 million and $1 million for the fair value of these 
obligations  as  of  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  respectively.  We  entered  into  these  contingent 
guarantees  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  and  they  include  guaranteed  obligations  related  to  our 
equipment financings and affiliated operations. The final guarantee expires in 2022. We are not aware of 
any  existing  event  of  default  that  would  require  us  to  satisfy  these  guarantees.  We  do  not  expect  that 
these  guarantees  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, or liquidity. 

OTHER MATTERS 

Labor Agreements – Approximately 85% of our 47,201 full-time-equivalent employees are represented 
by  14  major  rail  unions.  On  January  1,  2015,  current  labor  agreements  became  subject  to  modification 
and we began the current round of negotiations with the unions. Existing agreements remain in effect until 
new agreements are reached or the Railway Labor Act’s procedures (which include mediation, cooling-off 
periods,  and  the  possibility  of  Presidential  Emergency  Boards  and  Congressional  intervention)  are 
exhausted.  Contract  negotiations  historically  continue  for  an  extended  period  of  time  and  we  rarely 
experience work stoppages while negotiations are pending. 

Inflation  –  Long  periods  of  inflation  significantly  increase  asset  replacement  costs  for  capital-intensive 
companies. As a result, assuming that we replace all operating assets at current price levels, depreciation 
charges (on an inflation-adjusted basis) would be substantially greater than historically reported amounts.  

Derivative Financial Instruments – We may use derivative financial instruments in limited instances to 
assist in managing our overall exposure to fluctuations in interest rates and fuel prices. We are not a party 
to  leveraged  derivatives  and,  by  policy,  do  not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  speculative 
purposes. Derivative financial instruments qualifying for hedge accounting must maintain a specified level 
of  effectiveness  between  the  hedging  instrument  and  the  item  being  hedged,  both  at  inception  and 
throughout the hedged period. We formally document the nature and relationships between the hedging 
instruments  and  hedged  items  at  inception,  as  well  as  our  risk-management  objectives,  strategies  for 
undertaking  the  various  hedge  transactions,  and  method  of  assessing  hedge  effectiveness.  Changes  in 
the  fair  market  value  of  derivative  financial  instruments  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are 
charged to earnings. We may use swaps, collars, futures, and/or forward contracts to mitigate the risk of 
adverse  movements  in  interest  rates  and  fuel  prices;  however,  the  use  of  these  derivative  financial 
instruments may limit future benefits from favorable price movements. 

Market and Credit Risk – We address market risk related to derivative financial instruments by selecting 
instruments  with  value  fluctuations  that  highly  correlate  with  the  underlying  hedged  item.  We  manage 
credit risk related to derivative financial instruments, which is minimal, by requiring high credit standards 
for  counterparties  and  periodic  settlements.  At  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  we  were  not  required  to 
provide collateral, nor had we received collateral, relating to our hedging activities. 

41 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Determination  of  Fair  Value  –  We  determine  the  fair  values  of  our  derivative  financial  instrument 
positions  based  upon  current  fair  values  as  quoted  by  recognized  dealers  or  the  present  value  of 
expected future cash flows. 

Sensitivity Analyses – The sensitivity analyses that follow illustrate the economic effect that hypothetical 
changes  in  interest  rates  could  have  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  These 
hypothetical changes do not consider other factors that could impact actual results.  

At  December  31,  2014,  we  had  variable-rate  debt  representing  approximately  5.3%  of  our  total  debt.  If 
variable interest rates average one percentage point higher in 2015 than our December 31, 2014 variable 
rate,  which  was  approximately  0.9%,  our  interest  expense  would  increase  by  approximately  $4  million. 
This amount was determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rate on the balances 
of our variable-rate debt at December 31, 2014.  

Market  risk  for  fixed-rate  debt  is  estimated  as  the  potential  increase  in  fair  value  resulting  from  a 
hypothetical one percentage point decrease in interest rates as of December 31, 2014, and amounts to 
an  increase  of  approximately  $1.3  billion  to  the  fair  value  of  our  debt  at  December  31,  2014.  We 
estimated the fair values of our fixed-rate debt by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates 
on quoted market prices and current borrowing rates. 

Interest Rate Fair Value Hedges – We manage our overall exposure to fluctuations in interest rates by 
adjusting the proportion of fixed and floating rate debt instruments within our debt portfolio over a given 
period.  We  generally  manage  the  mix  of  fixed  and  floating  rate  debt  through  the  issuance  of  targeted 
amounts  of  each  as  debt  matures  or  as  we  require  incremental  borrowings.  We  employ  derivatives, 
primarily  swaps,  as  one  of  the  tools  to  obtain  the  targeted  mix.  In  addition,  we  also  obtain  flexibility  in 
managing interest costs and the interest rate mix within our debt portfolio by evaluating the issuance of 
and managing outstanding callable fixed-rate debt securities.  

Swaps allow us to convert debt from fixed rates to variable rates and thereby hedge the risk of changes in 
the  debt’s  fair  value  attributable  to  the  changes  in  interest  rates.  We  account  for  swaps  as  fair  value 
hedges  using  the  short-cut  method  as  allowed  by  the  Derivatives  and  Hedging  Topic  of  the  Financial 
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 815; therefore, we do not record any ineffectiveness within our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  we  had  no  interest  rate  fair 
value hedges outstanding. 

Interest  Rate  Cash  Flow  Hedges  –  We  report  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedges  in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  until  the  hedged  item  affects  earnings.  At  December  31,  2014, 
and  2013,  we  had  reductions  of  $0  and  $1  million,  respectively,  recorded  as  an  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  had  no  interest  rate  cash  flow  hedges 
outstanding.  

Accounting Pronouncements – In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-
09 (ASU 2014-09), Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).  ASU 2014-09 supersedes the 
revenue recognition guidance in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition.  The core principle of the guidance is 
that  an  entity  should  recognize  revenue  to  depict  the  transfer  of  promised  goods  and  services  to 
customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the  consideration  to  which  the  entity  expects  to  be  entitled  in  the 
exchange for those goods or services.  This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning 
after December 15, 2016.  ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated 
financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.  

Asserted and Unasserted Claims – Various claims and lawsuits are pending against us and certain of 
our  subsidiaries.  We  cannot  fully  determine  the  effect  of  all  asserted  and  unasserted  claims  on  our 
consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity; however, to the extent possible, where 
asserted  and  unasserted  claims  are  considered  probable  and  where  such  claims  can  be  reasonably 
estimated, we have recorded a liability. We do not expect that any known lawsuits, claims, environmental 
costs,  commitments,  contingent  liabilities,  or  guarantees  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
consolidated  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  or  liquidity  after  taking  into  account  liabilities  and 
insurance recoveries previously recorded for these matters. 

Indemnities  –  Our  maximum  potential  exposure  under  indemnification  arrangements,  including  certain 
tax indemnifications, can range from a specified dollar amount to an unlimited amount, depending on the 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nature of the transactions and the agreements. Due to uncertainty as to whether claims will be made or 
how  they  will  be  resolved,  we  cannot  reasonably  determine  the  probability  of  an  adverse  claim  or 
reasonably  estimate  any  adverse  liability  or  the  total  maximum  exposure  under  these  indemnification 
arrangements.  We  do  not  have  any  reason  to  believe  that  we  will  be  required  to  make  any  material 
payments under these indemnity provisions.  

Climate  Change  –  Although  climate  change  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  operations  and 
financial  performance  in  the  future  (see  Risk  Factors  under  Item  1A  of  this  report),  we  are  currently 
unable to predict the manner or severity of such impact. However, we continue to take steps and explore 
opportunities  to  reduce  the  impact  of  our  operations  on  the  environment,  including  investments  in  new 
technologies,  using  training  programs  to  reduce  fuel  consumption,  and  changing  our  operations  to 
increase fuel efficiency. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation 
of  these  financial  statements  requires  estimation  and  judgment  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of 
revenues,  expenses,  assets,  and  liabilities.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on 
various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily 
apparent  from  other  sources.  The  following  critical  accounting  policies  are  a  subset  of  our  significant 
accounting  policies  described  in  Note  2  to  the  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,  Item  8. 
These critical accounting policies affect significant areas of our financial statements and involve judgment 
and  estimates.  If  these  estimates  differ  significantly from actual results, the  impact  on  our  Consolidated 
Financial Statements may be material. 

Personal  Injury  –  The  cost  of  personal  injuries  to  employees  and  others  related  to  our  activities  is 
charged to expense based on estimates of the ultimate cost and number of incidents each year. We use 
an  actuarial  analysis  to  measure  the  expense  and  liability,  including  unasserted  claims.  The  Federal 
Employers’ Liability Act (FELA) governs compensation for work-related accidents. Under FELA, damages 
are  assessed  based  on  a  finding  of  fault  through  litigation  or  out-of-court  settlements.  We  offer  a 
comprehensive variety of services and rehabilitation programs for employees who are injured at work.  

Our  personal  injury  liability  is  not  discounted  to  present  value  due  to  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the 
timing  of  future  payments.  Approximately  93%  of  the  recorded  liability  is  related  to  asserted  claims  and 
approximately  7%  is  related  to  unasserted  claims  at  December  31,  2014.  Because  of  the  uncertainty 
surrounding the ultimate outcome of personal injury claims, it is reasonably possible that future costs to 
settle these claims may range from approximately $335 million to $368 million. We record an accrual at 
the  low  end  of  the  range  as  no  amount  of  loss  within  the  range  is  more  probable  than  any  other.  
Estimates can vary over time due to evolving trends in litigation.  

Our personal injury liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Current year accruals 
 Changes in estimates for prior years 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

2014 
 294 
 96 
 9 
 (64)

 335 

 111 

$

$

$

2013 
334 
 87 
 (38)
 (89)

 294 

 82 

$

$

$

2012 
368 
 121 
 (58)
 (97)

 334 

 95 

$

$

$

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our personal injury claims activity was as follows: 

 Open claims, beginning balance  
 New claims 
 Settled or dismissed claims 

 Open claims, ending balance at December 31  

2014 
 2,605 
 2,773 
 (2,760)

2013 
 2,792 
 2,705 
 (2,892)

2012 
 2,869 
 2,719 
 (2,796)

 2,618 

 2,605 

 2,792 

In  conjunction  with  the  liability  update  performed  in  2014,  we  also  reassessed  our  estimated  insurance 
recoveries. We have recognized an asset for estimated insurance recoveries at December 31, 2014, and 
2013. 

Asbestos  –  We  are  a  defendant  in  a  number  of  lawsuits  in  which  current  and  former  employees  and 
other parties allege exposure to asbestos. We assess our potential liability using a statistical analysis of 
resolution  costs  for  asbestos-related  claims.    This  liability  is  updated  annually  and  excludes  future 
defense and processing costs. The liability for resolving both asserted and unasserted claims was based 
on the following assumptions:  

  The ratio of future claims by alleged disease would be consistent with historical averages 

adjusted for inflation. 

  The number of claims filed against us will decline each year.  
  The average settlement values for asserted and unasserted claims will be equivalent to historical 

averages.  

  The percentage of claims dismissed in the future will be equivalent to historical averages.  

Our  liability  for  asbestos-related  claims  is  not  discounted  to  present  value  due  to  the  uncertainty 
surrounding the timing of future payments. Approximately 21% of the recorded liability related to asserted 
claims  and  approximately  79%  related  to  unasserted  claims  at  December  31,  2014.    Because  of  the 
uncertainty  surrounding  the  ultimate  outcome  of  asbestos-related  claims,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that 
future costs to settle these claims may range from approximately $126 million to $135 million.  We record 
an accrual at the low end of the range as no amount of loss within the range is more probable than any 
other.  

Our asbestos-related liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Accruals/(Credits) 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

Our asbestos-related claims activity was as follows: 

 Open claims, beginning balance  
 New claims  
 Settled or dismissed claims  

 Open claims, ending balance at December 31  

2014 
 131 
 1 
 (6)

 126 

 8 

$

$

$

2013 
 139 
 2 
 (10)

 131 

 9 

$

$

$

2012 
 147 
 (2)
 (6)

 139 

 8 

$

$

$

2014 
 1,140 
 183 
 (258)

 1,065 

2013 
 1,258 
 192 
 (310)

 1,140 

2012 
 1,291 
 233 
 (266)

 1,258 

In  conjunction  with  the  liability  update  performed  in  2014,  we  also  reassessed  our  estimated  insurance 
recoveries. We have recognized an asset for estimated insurance recoveries at December 31, 2014, and 
2013.  The amounts recorded for asbestos-related liabilities and related insurance recoveries were based 
on  currently  known  facts.  However,  future  events,  such  as  the  number  of  new  claims  filed  each  year, 
average  settlement  costs,  and  insurance  coverage  issues,  could  cause  the  actual  costs  and  insurance 
recoveries  to  be  higher  or  lower  than  the  projected  amounts.  Estimates  also  may  vary  in  the  future  if 

44 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
strategies,  activities,  and  outcomes  of  asbestos  litigation  materially  change;  federal  and  state  laws 
governing  asbestos  litigation  increase  or  decrease  the  probability  or  amount  of  compensation  of 
claimants;  and  there  are  material  changes  with  respect  to  payments  made  to  claimants  by  other 
defendants.  

Environmental Costs – We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations. 
We  have  identified  270  sites  at  which  we  are  or  may  be  liable  for  remediation  costs  associated  with 
alleged contamination or for violations of environmental requirements. This includes 29 sites that are the 
subject  of  actions  taken  by  the  U.S.  government,  16  of  which  are  currently  on  the  Superfund  National 
Priorities List. Certain federal legislation imposes joint and several liability for the remediation of identified 
sites;  consequently,  our  ultimate  environmental  liability  may  include  costs  relating  to  activities  of  other 
parties, in addition to costs relating to our own activities at each site.  

When  we  identify  an  environmental  issue  with  respect  to  property  owned,  leased,  or  otherwise  used  in 
our  business,  we  perform,  with  assistance  of  our  consultants,  environmental  assessments  on  the 
property. We expense the cost of the assessments as incurred. We accrue the cost of remediation where 
our obligation is probable and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental liability is not 
discounted to present value due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of future payments.   

Our environmental liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Accruals 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

Our environmental site activity was as follows: 

 Open sites, beginning balance  
 New sites  
 Closed sites  

 Open sites, ending balance at December 31  

2014 
 171 
 56 
 (45)

 182 

 60 

$

$

$

2013 
 170 
 58 
 (57)

 171 

 53 

$

$

$

2012 
 172 
 48 
 (50)

 170 

 50 

$

$

$

2014 
 268 
 55 
 (53)

 270 

2013 
 284 
 41 
 (57)

 268 

2012 
 285 
 56 
 (57)

 284 

The  environmental  liability  includes  future  costs  for  remediation  and  restoration  of  sites,  as  well  as 
ongoing monitoring costs, but excludes any anticipated recoveries from third parties. Cost estimates are 
based on information available for each site, financial viability of other potentially responsible parties, and 
existing  technology,  laws,  and  regulations.  The  ultimate  liability  for  remediation  is  difficult  to  determine 
because  of  the  number  of  potentially  responsible  parties,  site-specific  cost  sharing  arrangements  with 
other  potentially  responsible  parties,  the  degree  of  contamination  by  various  wastes,  the  scarcity  and 
quality  of  volumetric  data  related  to  many  of  the  sites,  and  the  speculative  nature  of  remediation  costs. 
Estimates  of  liability  may  vary  over  time  due  to  changes  in  federal,  state,  and  local  laws  governing 
environmental remediation. Current obligations are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our 
consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.  

Property and Depreciation – Our railroad operations are highly capital intensive, and our large base of 
homogeneous,  network-type  assets  turns  over  on  a  continuous  basis.    Each  year  we  develop  a  capital 
program for the replacement of assets and for the acquisition or construction of assets that enable us to 
enhance our operations or provide new service offerings to customers.  Assets purchased or constructed 
throughout the year are capitalized if they meet applicable minimum units of property criteria.  Properties 
and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated 
service lives, which are measured in years, except for rail in high-density traffic corridors (i.e., all rail lines 
except for those subject to abandonment, yard and switching tracks, and electronic yards) for which lives 
are  measured  in  millions  of  gross  tons  per  mile  of  track.    We  use  the  group  method  of  depreciation  in 
which all items with similar characteristics, use, and expected lives are grouped together in asset classes, 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
and are depreciated using composite depreciation rates.  The group method of depreciation treats each 
asset class as a pool of resources, not as singular items.  We currently have more than 60 depreciable 
asset  classes,  and  we  may  increase  or  decrease  the  number  of  asset  classes  due  to  changes  in 
technology, asset strategies, or other factors. 

We  determine  the  estimated  service  lives  of  depreciable  railroad  property  by  means  of  depreciation 
studies.  We perform depreciation studies at least every three years for equipment and every six years for 
track assets (i.e., rail and other track material, ties, and ballast) and other road property.  Our depreciation 
studies take into account the following factors: 

  Statistical analysis of historical patterns of use and retirements of each of our asset classes; 
  Evaluation  of  any  expected  changes  in  current  operations  and  the  outlook  for  continued  use  of 

the assets; 

  Evaluation of technological advances and changes to maintenance practices; and 
  Expected salvage to be received upon retirement. 

For rail in high-density traffic corridors, we measure estimated service lives in millions of gross tons per 
mile of track.  It has been our experience that the lives of rail in high-density traffic corridors are closely 
correlated to usage (i.e., the amount of weight carried over the rail).  The service lives also vary based on 
rail  weight,  rail  condition  (e.g.,  new  or  secondhand),  and  rail  type  (e.g.,  straight  or  curve).    Our 
depreciation studies for rail in high-density traffic corridors consider each of these factors in determining 
the  estimated  service  lives.    For  rail  in  high-density  traffic  corridors,  we  calculate  depreciation  rates 
annually  by  dividing  the  number  of  gross  ton-miles  carried  over  the  rail  (i.e.,  the  weight  of  loaded  and 
empty  freight  cars,  locomotives  and  maintenance  of  way  equipment  transported  over  the  rail)  by  the 
estimated service lives of the rail measured in millions of gross tons per mile.  Rail in high-density traffic 
corridors  accounts  for  approximately  70  percent  of  the  historical  cost  of  rail  and  other  track  material.  
Based on the number of gross ton-miles carried over our rail in high density traffic corridors during 2014, 
the estimated service lives of the majority of this rail ranged from approximately 18 years to approximately 
35 years.  For all other depreciable assets, we compute depreciation based on the estimated service lives 
of  our  assets  as  determined  from  the  analysis  of  our  depreciation  studies.    Changes  in  the  estimated 
service lives of our assets and their related depreciation rates are implemented prospectively. 

Estimated  service  lives  of  depreciable  railroad  property  may  vary  over  time  due  to  changes  in  physical 
use, technology, asset strategies, and other factors that will have an impact on the retirement profiles of 
our assets.  We are not aware of any specific factors that are reasonably likely to significantly change the 
estimated service lives of our assets.  Actual use and retirement of our assets may vary from our current 
estimates, which would impact the amount of depreciation expense recognized in future periods. 

Changes  in  estimated  useful  lives  of  our  assets  due  to  the  results  of  our  depreciation  studies  could 
significantly impact future periods’ depreciation expense and have a material impact on our Consolidated 
Financial Statements.  If the estimated useful lives of all depreciable assets were increased by one year, 
annual depreciation expense would decrease by approximately $63 million.  If the estimated useful lives 
of  all  depreciable  assets  were  decreased  by  one  year,  annual  depreciation  expense  would  increase  by 
approximately $68 million.  Our recent depreciation studies have resulted in lower depreciation rates for 
some  asset  classes.  The  lower  rates  combined  with  a  projected  higher  depreciable  asset  base  will 
increase total depreciation expense by approximately 4% to 6% in 2015 versus 2014. 

Under  group  depreciation,  the  historical  cost  (net  of  salvage)  of  depreciable  property  that  is  retired  or 
replaced in the ordinary course of business is charged to accumulated depreciation and no gain or loss is 
recognized.  The historical cost of certain track assets is estimated using (i) inflation indices published by 
the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  and  (ii)  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  as  determined  by  our 
depreciation  studies.    The  indices  were  selected  because  they  closely  correlate  with  the  major  costs  of 
the  properties  comprising  the  applicable  track  asset  classes.    Because  of  the  number  of  estimates 
inherent in the depreciation and retirement processes and because it is impossible to precisely estimate 
each  of  these  variables  until  a  group  of  property  is  completely  retired,  we  continually  monitor  the 
estimated service lives of our assets and the accumulated depreciation associated with each asset class 
to  ensure  our  depreciation  rates  are  appropriate.    In  addition,  we  determine  if  the  recorded  amount  of 
accumulated depreciation is deficient (or in excess) of the amount indicated by our depreciation studies.  
Any  deficiency  (or  excess)  is  amortized  as  a  component  of  depreciation  expense  over  the  remaining 
service lives of the applicable classes of assets.   

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  retirements  of  depreciable  railroad  properties  that  do  not  occur  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  a 
gain  or  loss  may  be  recognized  if  the  retirement  meets  each  of  the  following  three  conditions:  (i)  it  is 
unusual,  (ii)  it  is  material  in  amount,  and  (iii)  it  varies  significantly  from  the  retirement  profile  identified 
through our depreciation studies.  During the last three fiscal years, no gains or losses were recognized 
due  to  the  retirement  of  depreciable  railroad  properties.    A  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  other  income 
when we sell land or dispose of assets that are not part of our railroad operations.   

Income Taxes – We account for income taxes by recording taxes payable or refundable for the current 
year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have 
been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. These expected future tax consequences are 
measured  based  on  current  tax  law;  the  effects  of  future  tax  legislation  are  not  anticipated.    Future  tax 
legislation,  such  as  a  change  in  the  corporate  tax  rate,  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
condition, results of operations, or liquidity.  For example, a 1% increase in future income tax rates would 
increase our deferred tax liability by approximately $380 million. 

When appropriate, we record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to reflect that these tax 
assets  may  not  be  realized.  In  determining  whether  a  valuation  allowance  is  appropriate,  we  consider 
whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, 
based  on  management’s  judgments  using  available  evidence  for  purposes  of  estimating  whether  future 
taxable income will be sufficient to realize a deferred tax asset. In 2014 and 2013, there were no valuation 
allowances. 

We  recognize  tax  benefits  that  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  tax 
authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 
percent likely to be realized upon settlement. A liability for “unrecognized tax benefits” is recorded for any 
tax benefits claimed in our tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards.  

Pension  and  Other  Postretirement  Benefits  –  We  use  an  actuarial  analysis  to  measure  the  liabilities 
and  expenses  associated  with  providing  pension  and  medical  and  life  insurance  benefits  (OPEB)  to 
eligible employees. In order to use actuarial methods to value the liabilities and expenses, we must make 
several  assumptions.  The  critical  assumptions  used  to  measure  pension  obligations  and  expenses  are 
the discount rate and expected rate of return on pension assets. For OPEB, the critical assumptions are 
the discount rate and health care cost trend rate.  

We  evaluate  our  critical  assumptions  at  least  annually,  and  selected  assumptions  are  based  on  the 
following factors:  

  Discount  rate  is  based  on  a  Mercer  yield  curve  of  high  quality  corporate  bonds  (rated  AA  by  a 
recognized  rating  agency)  for  which  the  timing  and  amount  of  cash  flows  matches  our  plans’ 
expected benefit payments.  

  Expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  based  on  our  asset  allocation  mix  and  our  historical  return, 

taking into consideration current and expected market conditions.  

  Health  care  cost  trend  rate  is  based  on  our  historical  rates  of  inflation  and  expected  market 

conditions.  

The  following  tables  present  the  key  assumptions  used  to  measure  net  periodic  pension  and  OPEB 
cost/(benefit)  for  2014  and  the  estimated  impact  on  2014  net  periodic  pension  and  OPEB  cost/(benefit) 
relative to a change in those assumptions: 

 Assumptions 
 Discount rate  
 Expected return on plan assets  
 Compensation increase  
 Health care cost trend rate: 
      Pre-65 current  
      Pre-65 level in 2028 

Pension
4.72%
7.50%
4.00%

N/A
N/A

OPEB
4.47%
N/A
N/A

6.49%
4.50%

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sensitivities 
 Millions 

 0.25% decrease in discount rate  
 0.25% increase in compensation scale  
 0.25% decrease in expected return on plan assets  
 1% increase in health care cost trend rate  

Increase in Expense
OPEB

Pension

$
$
$

 9 
 6   
 8   

N/A

$

$

 1 
N/A
N/A
 2 

The following table presents the net periodic pension and OPEB cost for the years ended December 31: 

 Millions 

 Net periodic pension cost 
 Net periodic OPEB cost 

Est.  
2015   

2014   

2013   

2012 

$  105 

$

 18   

 69 
 15   

$  110 

$

 14   

 89 
 13 

Our  net  periodic  pension  cost  is  expected  to  increase  to  approximately  $105  million  in  2015  from  $69 
million in 2014.  Our net periodic OPEB expense is expected to increase to approximately $18 million in 
2015 from $15 million in 2014.  The increases are driven by the implementation of new mortality tables 
issued by the Society of Actuaries in October 2014, along with a decrease in the pension discount rate to 
3.94% and a decrease in the OPEB discount rate to 3.74%. 

CAUTIONARY INFORMATION 

Certain statements in this report, and statements in other reports or information filed or to be filed with the 
SEC (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made 
by  us),  are,  or  will  be,  forward-looking  statements  as  defined  by  the  Securities  Act  of  1933  and  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  These  forward-looking  statements  and  information  include,  without 
limitation, (A) statements in the Chairman’s letter preceding Part I; statements regarding planned capital 
expenditures  under  the  caption  “2015  Capital  Expenditures”  in  Item  2  of  Part  I;  statements  regarding 
dividends in Item 5 of Part II; and statements and information set forth under the captions “2015 Outlook” 
and “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in this Item 7 of Part II, and (B) any other statements or information 
in  this  report  (including  information  incorporated  herein  by  reference)  regarding:  expectations  as  to 
financial performance, revenue growth and cost savings;  the time by which goals, targets, or objectives 
will  be  achieved;    projections,  predictions,  expectations,  estimates,  or  forecasts  as  to  our  business, 
financial  and  operational  results,  future  economic  performance,  and  general  economic  conditions;  
expectations  as  to  operational  or  service  performance  or  improvements;    expectations  as  to  the 
effectiveness  of  steps  taken  or  to  be  taken  to  improve  operations  and/or  service,  including  capital 
expenditures  for  infrastructure  improvements  and  equipment  acquisitions,  any  strategic  business 
acquisitions, and modifications to our transportation plans;  expectations as to existing or proposed new 
products and services; expectations as to the impact of any new regulatory activities or legislation on our 
operations or financial results;  estimates of costs relating to environmental remediation and restoration; 
estimates  and  expectations  regarding  tax  matters;  expectations  that  claims,  litigation,  environmental 
costs, commitments, contingent liabilities, labor negotiations or agreements, or other matters will not have 
a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity and any 
other  similar  expressions  concerning  matters  that  are  not  historical  facts.    Forward-looking  statements 
may  be  identified  by  their  use  of  forward-looking  terminology,  such  as  “believes,”  “expects,”  “may,” 
“should,” “would,” “will,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “projects” and similar words, phrases 
or expressions.  

Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will 
not necessarily be accurate indications of the times that, or by which, such performance or results will be 
achieved.  Forward-looking  statements  and  information  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could 
cause  actual  performance  or  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  the  statements  and 
information.    Forward-looking  statements  and  information  reflect  the  good  faith  consideration  by 
management of currently available information, and may be based on underlying assumptions believed to 
be  reasonable  under  the  circumstances.  However,  such  information  and  assumptions  (and,  therefore, 
such  forward-looking  statements  and  information)  are  or  may  be  subject  to  variables  or  unknown  or 
unforeseeable events or circumstances over which management has little or no influence or control.  The 
Risk Factors in Item 1A of this report could affect our future results and could cause those results or other 
outcomes  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  in  any  forward-looking  statements  or 

48 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
information.  To  the  extent  circumstances  require  or  we  deem  it  otherwise  necessary,  we  will  update  or 
amend  these  risk  factors  in  a  Form  10-Q,  Form  8-K  or  subsequent  Form  10-K.    All  forward-looking 
statements are qualified by, and should be read in conjunction with, these Risk Factors. 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date the statement was made. We assume no obligation 
to  update  forward-looking  information  to  reflect  actual  results,  changes  in  assumptions  or  changes  in 
other  factors  affecting  forward-looking  information.  If  we  do  update  one  or  more  forward-looking 
statements,  no  inference  should  be  drawn  that  we  will  make  additional  updates  with  respect  thereto  or 
with respect to other forward-looking statements. 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

Information concerning market risk sensitive instruments is set forth under Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Other Matters, Item 7.  

**************************************** 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements          

Page  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ..............................................................    51 

Consolidated Statements of Income 
  For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 ........................................................    52 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 ........................................................    52 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position 
  At December 31, 2014 and 2013 .................................................................................................    53 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  
  For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 ........................................................    54 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Shareholders’ Equity 
  For the Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012 ........................................................    55 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ..............................................................................    56 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Union Pacific Corporation 
Omaha, Nebraska 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  of  Union  Pacific 
Corporation and Subsidiary Companies (the "Corporation") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the 
related  consolidated  statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  changes  in  common  shareholders’ 
equity,  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2014.  Our  audits 
also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Table of Contents at Part IV, Item 15. These 
financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Corporation’s 
management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  financial  statements  and  financial 
statement schedule based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 
the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic 
consolidated  financial  statements  taken  as  a  whole,  presents  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
information set forth therein. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), the Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, 
based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 6, 
2015 expressed  an unqualified opinion on the Corporation's internal control over financial reporting.  

Omaha, Nebraska 
February 6, 2015 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME  
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies  

 Millions, Except Per Share Amounts,  
 for the Years Ended December 31,  
 Operating revenues:  
      Freight revenues  
      Other revenues  

 Total operating revenues  

 Operating expenses:  
      Compensation and benefits  
      Fuel  
      Purchased services and materials  
      Depreciation  
      Equipment and other rents  
      Other   

 Total operating expenses  

 Operating income  
 Other income (Note 7) 
 Interest expense  
 Income before income taxes  
 Income taxes (Note 8) 

 Net income  

 Share and Per Share (Note 9): 
      Earnings per share - basic  
      Earnings per share - diluted  
      Weighted average number of shares - basic  
      Weighted average number of shares - diluted  

 Dividends declared per share  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$

 22,560  $  20,684  $  19,686 
 1,240 
 1,279 

 1,428 

 23,988 

 21,963 

 20,926 

 5,076 
 3,539 
 2,558 
 1,904 
 1,234 
 924 

 4,807 
 3,534 
 2,315 
 1,777 
 1,235 
 849 

 4,685 
 3,608 
 2,143 
 1,760 
 1,197 
 788 

 15,235 

 14,517 

 14,181 

 8,753 
 151 
 (561)
 8,343 
 (3,163)

 7,446 
 128 
 (526)
 7,048 
 (2,660)

 6,745 
 108 
 (535)
 6,318 
 (2,375)

 5,180  $

 4,388  $

 3,943 

 5.77  $
 5.75  $

 4.74  $
 4.71  $

 897.1 
 901.1 

 926.5 
 931.5 

 4.17 
 4.14 
 946.2 
 952.9 

 1.91  $

 1.48  $

 1.245 

$

$
$

$

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

 Millions,   
 for the Years Ended December 31, 

 Net income  

 Other comprehensive income/(loss): 
      Defined benefit plans  
      Foreign currency translation  
      Derivatives 

 Total other comprehensive income/(loss) [a]  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$

 5,180  $

 4,388  $

 3,943 

 (448)
 (12)
 - 

 (460)

 436 
 (1)
 1 

 436 

 (145)
 12 
 1 

 (132)

 Comprehensive income  

$

 4,720  $

 4,824  $

 3,811 

  [a] Net of deferred taxes of $291 million, ($264) million, and $82 million during 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 
 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

52 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION  
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies  

 Millions, Except Share and Per Share Amounts 
 as of December 31,  
 Assets  
 Current assets:  
      Cash and cash equivalents  
      Accounts receivable, net (Note 11) 
      Materials and supplies   
      Current deferred income taxes (Note 8) 
      Other current assets   

 Total current assets  

 Investments  
 Net properties (Note 12) 
 Other assets  

 Total assets   

 Liabilities and Common Shareholders' Equity  
 Current liabilities:  
      Accounts payable and other current liabilities (Note 13) 
      Debt due within one year (Note 15) 

 Total current liabilities  

 Debt due after one year (Note 15) 
 Deferred income taxes (Note 8) 
 Other long-term liabilities  
 Commitments and contingencies (Notes 17 and 18) 

 Total liabilities  

 Common shareholders' equity:   
      Common shares, $2.50 par value, 1,400,000,000 authorized;     
     1,110,100,423 and 1,109,657,652 issued; 883,366,476 and 912,001,996  
      outstanding, respectively  
      Paid-in-surplus  
      Retained earnings  
      Treasury stock  
      Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 10) 

 Total common shareholders' equity  

2014 

2013 

$

 1,586  $
 1,611 
 712 
 277 
 493 

 4,679 

 1,390 
 46,272 
 375 

 1,432 
 1,414 
 653 
 268 
 223 

 3,990 

 1,321 
 43,749 
 671 

$

 52,716  $

 49,731 

$

 3,303  $
 462 

 3,765 

 11,018 
 14,680 
 2,064 

 3,086 
 705 

 3,791 

 8,872 
 14,163 
 1,680 

 31,527 

 28,506 

 2,775 
 4,321 
 27,367 
 (12,064)
 (1,210)

 21,189 

 2,774 
 4,210 
 23,901 
 (8,910)
 (750)

 21,225 

 Total liabilities and common shareholders' equity  

$

 52,716  $

 49,731 

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

53 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

 Millions, for the Years Ended December 31,  
 Operating Activities  
 Net income   
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided 
 by operating activities: 
   Depreciation   
   Deferred income taxes and unrecognized tax benefits   
   Other operating activities, net   
   Changes in current assets and liabilities:  
      Accounts receivable, net   
      Materials and supplies   
      Other current assets  
      Accounts payable and other current liabilities  
 Cash provided by operating activities   
 Investing Activities  
 Capital investments   
 Proceeds from asset sales   
 Acquisition of equipment pending financing   
 Proceeds from sale of assets financed   
 Other investing activities, net   
 Cash used in investing activities   
 Financing Activities  
 Common share repurchases (Note 19) 
 Debt issued   
 Dividends paid   
 Debt repaid   
 Debt exchange  
 Other financing activities, net   
 Cash used in financing activities   
 Net change in cash and cash equivalents   
 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year   
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year  
 Supplemental Cash Flow Information  
   Non-cash investing and financing activities:  
      Cash dividends declared but not yet paid   
      Capital investments accrued but not yet paid  
      Capital lease financings   
   Cash paid during the year for:  
      Interest, net of amounts capitalized   
      Income taxes, net of refunds   

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

2014 

2013 

2012 

$  5,180 

$  4,388 

$  3,943 

 1,904 
 895 
 (285)

 (197)
 (59)
 (270)
 217 
 7,385 

 (4,346)
 138 
 -   
 -   
 (41)
 (4,249)

 1,777 
 723 
 (226)

 (83)
 7 
 74 
 163 
 6,823 

 (3,496)
 98 
 -   
 -   
 (7)
 (3,405)

 1,760 
 887 
 (160)

 70 
 (46)
 (108)
 (185)
 6,161 

 (3,738)
 80 
 (274)
 274 
 25 
 (3,633)

 (3,225)
 2,588 
 (1,632)
 (710)
 -   
 (3)
 (2,982)
 154 
 1,432 
$  1,586 

 (2,218)
 1,443 
 (1,333)
 (640)
 (289)
 (12)
 (3,049)
 369 
 1,063 
$  1,432 

 (1,474)
 695 
 (1,146)
 (758)
 -   
 1 
 (2,682)
 (154)
 1,217 
$  1,063 

$

$

 438 
 174 

 -     

$

 356 
 133 

 39   

 318 
 136 
 290 

$

 (554)
 (2,492)

$

 (528)
 (1,656)

$

 (561)
 (1,552)

54 

 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

 Millions 
 Balance at January 1, 2012 
 Net income  
 Other comp. loss 
 Conversion, stock option  
   exercises, forfeitures, and other  
 Share repurchases (Note 19)  
 Cash dividends declared 
   ($1.245 per share)  

 Balance at December 31, 2012  
 Net income  
 Other comp. income 
 Conversion, stock option  
   exercises, forfeitures, and other  
 Share repurchases (Note 19)  
 Cash dividends declared 
   ($1.48 per share)  

 Balance at December 31, 2013  
 Net income  
 Other comp. loss 
 Conversion, stock option  
   exercises, forfeitures, and other  
 Share repurchases (Note 19)  
 Cash dividends declared  
   ($1.91 per share)  

Common
Shares
 1,108.7 

Treasury
Shares
 (148.9)

Paid-in-
Common 
Shares
Surplus
$ 2,773 $ 4,031 
  -   
  -   

  -   
  -   

AOCI 
[a]

Treasury 
Stock

Retained 
Earnings
Total
$ 18,121  $ (5,293) $ (1,054)      $ 18,578
 3,943 
 (132)

   3,943 
  -  

 -  
 (132)

 -  
 -  

 0.6 

 4.2 

 -  

 -  

 (25.6)

 -  

  -   

  -   

  -   

   82 

  -   

  -   

  -  

 60 

  -  

 (1,474)

 (1,180) 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 142 

 (1,474)

 (1,180)

 1,109.3 

 (170.3)

$ 2,773 $ 4,113 
  -   
  -   

  -   
  -   

$ 20,884  $ (6,707) $ (1,186)      $ 19,877
 4,388 
 436 

   4,388 
  -  

 -  
 436 

 -  
 -  

 0.4 

 1.6 

 -  

 -  

 (29.0)

 -  

   1 

  -   

  -   

   97 

  -   

  -   

  -  

 15 

  -  

 (2,218)

 (1,371) 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 113 

 (2,218)

 (1,371)

 1,109.7 

 (197.7)

$ 2,774 $ 4,210 
  -   
  -   

  -   
  -   

$ 23,901  $ (8,910)
 -  
 -  

   5,180 
  -  

$ (750)      $ 21,225
 5,180 
 (460)

 -  
 (460)

 0.4 

   3.0 

   1 

   111 

  -  

 71 

 -  

 -  

 (32.0)

 -  

  -   

  -   

  -   

  -   

  -  

 (3,225)

 (1,714) 

 -  

 -  

 -  

 -  

 183 

 (3,225)

 (1,714)

 Balance at December 31, 2014  

 1,110.1 

 (226.7) $ 2,775  $ 4,321 

$ 27,367  $ (12,064) $ (1,210)      $ 21,189

[a] AOCI = Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) (Note 10)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

55 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

For  purposes  of  this  report,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  all  references  herein  to  the 
“Corporation”,  “Company”,  “UPC”,  “we”,  “us”,  and  “our”  mean  Union  Pacific  Corporation  and  its 
subsidiaries,  including  Union  Pacific  Railroad  Company,  which  will  be  separately  referred  to  herein  as 
“UPRR” or the “Railroad”.  

1. Nature of Operations 

Operations and Segmentation – We are a Class I railroad operating in the U.S. Our network includes 
31,974  route  miles,  linking  Pacific  Coast  and  Gulf  Coast  ports  with  the  Midwest  and  Eastern  U.S. 
gateways and providing several corridors to key Mexican gateways. We own 26,012 miles and operate on 
the remainder pursuant to trackage rights or leases. We serve the western two-thirds of the country and 
maintain coordinated schedules with other rail carriers for the handling of freight to and from the Atlantic 
Coast, the Pacific Coast, the Southeast, the Southwest, Canada, and Mexico. Export and import traffic is 
moved through Gulf Coast and Pacific Coast ports and across the Mexican and Canadian borders. 

The  Railroad,  along  with  its  subsidiaries  and  rail  affiliates,  is  our  one  reportable  operating  segment. 
Although we provide and review revenue by commodity group, we analyze the net financial results of the 
Railroad  as  one  segment  due  to  the  integrated  nature  of  our  rail  network.  The  following  table  provides 
freight revenue by commodity group: 

 Millions 
 Agricultural Products 
 Automotive  
 Chemicals  
 Coal 
 Industrial Products  
 Intermodal  
 Total freight revenues  
 Other revenues  

 Total operating revenues  

2014 

 3,777  $
 2,103 
 3,664 
 4,127 
 4,400 
 4,489 

2013 

 3,276  $
 2,077 
 3,501 
 3,978 
 3,822 
 4,030 

 22,560  $

 20,684  $

 1,428 

 1,279 

2012 
 3,280 
 1,807 
 3,238 
 3,912 
 3,494 
 3,955 
 19,686 
 1,240 

 23,988  $

 21,963  $

 20,926 

$

$

$

Although our revenues are principally derived from customers domiciled in the U.S., the ultimate points of 
origination  or  destination  for  some  products  transported  by  us  are  outside  the  U.S.  Each  of  our 
commodity groups includes revenue from shipments to and from Mexico. Included in the above table are 
revenues from our Mexico business which amounted to $2.3 billion in 2014, $2.1 billion in 2013, and $1.9 
billion in 2012. 

Basis  of  Presentation  –  The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are  presented  in  accordance  with 
accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  (GAAP)  as  codified  in  the  Financial  Accounting 
Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC).  

2. Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation  –  The  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Union 
Pacific  Corporation  and  all  of  its  subsidiaries.  Investments  in  affiliated  companies  (20%  to  50%  owned) 
are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  All  intercompany  transactions  are  eliminated. 
We  currently  have  no  less  than  majority-owned  investments  that  require  consolidation  under  variable 
interest entity requirements.  

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash equivalents consist of investments with original maturities of three 
months or less.  

Accounts Receivable – Accounts receivable includes receivables reduced by an allowance for doubtful 
accounts.  The  allowance  is  based  upon  historical  losses,  credit  worthiness  of  customers,  and  current 
economic  conditions.    Receivables  not  expected  to  be  collected  in  one  year  and  the  associated 
allowances are classified as other assets in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.   

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments – Investments represent our investments in affiliated companies (20% to 50% owned) that 
are accounted for under the equity method of accounting and investments in companies (less than 20% 
owned) accounted for under the cost method of accounting. 

Materials and Supplies – Materials and supplies are carried at the lower of average cost or market.  

Property  and  Depreciation  –  Properties  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  on  a 
straight-line basis over their estimated service lives, which are measured in years, except for rail in high-
density  traffic  corridors  (i.e.,  all  rail  lines  except  for  those  subject  to  abandonment,  yard  and  switching 
tracks, and electronic yards), for which lives are measured in millions of gross tons per mile of track.  We 
use  the  group  method  of  depreciation  in  which  all  items  with  similar  characteristics,  use,  and  expected 
lives are grouped together in asset classes, and are depreciated using composite depreciation rates.  The 
group method of depreciation treats each asset class as a pool of resources, not as singular items.  We 
determine  the  estimated  service  lives  of  depreciable  railroad  assets  by  means  of  depreciation  studies.  
Under  the  group  method  of  depreciation,  no  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  when  depreciable  property  is 
retired or replaced in the ordinary course of business.   

Impairment  of  Long-lived  Assets  –  We  review  long-lived  assets,  including  identifiable  intangibles,  for 
impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may 
not be recoverable. If impairment indicators are present and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows 
are less than the carrying value of the long-lived assets, the carrying value is reduced to the estimated 
fair value as measured by the discounted cash flows.  

Revenue Recognition – We recognize freight revenues as freight moves from origin to destination. The 
allocation  of  revenue  between  reporting  periods  is  based  on  the  relative  transit  time  in  each  reporting 
period  with  expenses  recognized  as  incurred.  Other  revenues,  which  include  revenues  earned  by  our 
subsidiaries,  revenues  from  our  commuter  rail  operations,  and  accessorial  revenue,  are  recognized  as 
service is performed or contractual obligations are met. Customer incentives, which are primarily provided 
for  shipping  a  specified  cumulative  volume  or  shipping  to/from  specific  locations,  are  recorded  as  a 
reduction to operating revenues based on actual or projected future customer shipments.  

Translation of Foreign Currency – Our portion of the assets and liabilities related to foreign investments 
are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue and 
expenses are translated at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Unrealized gains or 
losses are reflected within common shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income or 
loss.  

Fair  Value  Measurements  –  We  use  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to  valuation 
techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels.  The level in the fair value hierarchy within 
which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is 
significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.  These levels include: 

Level 1:  Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 
Level 2:  Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data. 
Level 3:  Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data. 

We have applied fair value measurements to our pension plan assets and short- and long-term debt. 

Stock-Based  Compensation  –  We  have  several  stock-based  compensation  plans  under  which 
employees  and  non-employee  directors  receive  stock  options,  nonvested  retention  shares,  and 
nonvested  stock  units.  We  refer  to  the  nonvested  shares  and  stock  units  collectively  as  “retention 
awards”.  We  have  elected  to  issue  treasury  shares  to  cover  option  exercises  and  stock  unit  vestings, 
while new shares are issued when retention shares are granted. 

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees and 
directors,  including  stock  options.  Compensation  expense  is  based  on  the  calculated  fair  value  of  the 
awards  as  measured  at  the  grant  date  and  is  expensed  ratably  over  the  service  period  of  the  awards 
(generally the vesting period). The fair value of retention awards is the closing stock price on the date of 
grant, while the fair value of stock options is determined by using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings  Per  Share  –  Basic  earnings  per  share  are  calculated  on  the  weighted-average  number  of 
common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per share include shares issuable upon 
exercise of outstanding stock options and stock-based awards where the conversion of such instruments 
would be dilutive.  

Income Taxes – We account for income taxes by recording taxes payable or refundable for the current 
year and deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have 
been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. These expected future tax consequences are 
measured  based  on  current  tax  law;  the  effects  of  future  tax  legislation  are  not  anticipated.    Future  tax 
legislation,  such  as  a  change  in  the  corporate  tax  rate,  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  financial 
condition, results of operations, or liquidity. 

When appropriate, we record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to reflect that these tax 
assets  may  not  be  realized.  In  determining  whether  a  valuation  allowance  is  appropriate,  we  consider 
whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, 
based  on  management’s  judgments  using  available  evidence  for  purposes  of  estimating  whether  future 
taxable income will be sufficient to realize a deferred tax asset.   

We  recognize  tax  benefits  that  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon  examination  by  tax 
authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 
percent likely to be realized upon settlement. A liability for “unrecognized tax benefits” is recorded for any 
tax benefits claimed in our tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards.  

Pension and Postretirement Benefits – We incur certain employment-related expenses associated with 
pensions  and  postretirement  health  benefits.  In  order  to  measure  the  expense  associated  with  these 
benefits,  we  must  make  various  assumptions  including  discount  rates  used  to  value  certain  liabilities, 
expected  return  on  plan  assets  used  to  fund  these  expenses,  compensation  increases,  employee 
turnover rates, anticipated mortality rates, and expected future health care costs. The assumptions used 
by  us  are  based  on  our  historical  experience  as  well  as  current  facts  and  circumstances.  We  use  an 
actuarial analysis to measure the expense and liability associated with these benefits.  

Personal  Injury  –  The  cost  of  injuries  to  employees  and  others  on  our  property  is  charged  to  expense 
based on estimates of the ultimate cost and number of incidents each year. We use an actuarial analysis 
to measure the expense and liability. Our personal injury liability is not discounted to present value. Legal 
fees and incidental costs are expensed as incurred.  

Asbestos  –  We  estimate  a  liability  for  asserted  and  unasserted  asbestos-related  claims  based  on  an 
assessment of the number and value of those claims. We use a statistical analysis to assist us in properly 
measuring our potential liability. Our liability for asbestos-related claims is not discounted to present value 
due  to  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the  timing  of  future  payments.  Legal  fees  and  incidental  costs  are 
expensed as incurred. 

Environmental – When environmental issues have been identified with respect to property currently or 
formerly  owned,  leased,  or  otherwise  used  in  the  conduct  of  our  business,  we  perform,  with  the 
assistance of our consultants, environmental assessments on such property. We expense the cost of the 
assessments as incurred. We accrue the cost of remediation where our obligation is probable and such 
costs  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  We  do  not  discount  our  environmental  liabilities  when  the  timing  of 
the  anticipated  cash  payments  is  not  fixed  or  readily  determinable.  Legal  fees  and  incidental  costs  are 
expensed as incurred. 

Use  of  Estimates  –  Our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  include  estimates  and  assumptions 
regarding  certain  assets,  liabilities,  revenue,  and  expenses  and  the  disclosure  of  certain  contingent 
assets and liabilities. Actual future results may differ from such estimates. 

3. Accounting Pronouncements  

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (ASU 2014-09), Revenue from 
Contracts  with  Customers  (Topic  606).    ASU  2014-09  supersedes  the  revenue  recognition  guidance  in 
Topic 605, Revenue Recognition.  The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize 
revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services to customers in an amount that reflects the 
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in the exchange for those goods or services.  This 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
standard  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2016.    ASU  2014-09  is 
not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations,  or 
cash flows. 

4. Stock Split 

On June 6, 2014, we completed a two-for-one stock split, effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend. 
The stock split entitled all shareholders of record at the close of business on May 27, 2014, to receive one 
additional share of our common stock, par value $2.50 per share, for each share of common stock held 
on that date. All references to common shares and per share amounts have been retroactively adjusted 
to reflect the stock split for all periods presented. 

5. Stock Options and Other Stock Plans 

There  are  7,140  restricted  shares  outstanding  under  the  1992  Restricted  Stock  Plan  for  Non-Employee 
Directors of Union Pacific Corporation. We no longer grant awards of restricted shares under this plan. 

In  April  2000,  the  shareholders  approved  the  Union  Pacific  Corporation  2000  Directors  Plan  (Directors 
Plan) whereby 2,200,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance to our non-employee 
directors.  Under  the  Directors  Plan,  each  non-employee  director,  upon  his  or  her  initial  election  to  the 
Board of Directors, receives a grant of 4,000 retention shares or retention stock units. Prior to December 
31, 2007, each non-employee director received annually an option to purchase at fair value a number of 
shares  of  our  common  stock,  not  to  exceed  20,000  shares  during  any  calendar  year,  determined  by 
dividing  60,000  by  1/3  of  the  fair  market  value  of  one  share  of  our  common  stock  on  the  date  of  such 
Board of Directors meeting, with the resulting quotient rounded up or down to the nearest 50 shares. In 
September 2007, the Board of Directors eliminated the annual payment of options for 2008 and all future 
years.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  36,000  restricted  shares  and  78,000  options  were  outstanding  under 
the Directors Plan. 

The Union Pacific Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (2004 Plan) was approved by shareholders in 
April  2004.  The  2004  Plan  reserved  84,000,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  issuance,  plus  any 
shares  subject  to  awards  made  under  previous  plans  that  were  outstanding  on  April  16,  2004,  and 
became available for regrant pursuant to the terms of the 2004 Plan. Under the 2004 Plan, non-qualified 
options,  stock  appreciation  rights,  retention  shares,  stock  units,  and  incentive  bonus  awards  may  be 
granted  to  eligible  employees  of  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries.  Non-employee  directors  are  not 
eligible  for  awards  under  the  2004  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  4,338,691  options  and  3,677,642 
retention shares and stock units were outstanding under the 2004 Plan.  We no longer grant any stock 
options or other stock or unit awards under this plan. 

The Union Pacific Corporation 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Plan) was approved by shareholders in 
May  2013.  The  2013  Plan  reserved  78,000,000  shares  of  our  common  stock  for  issuance,  plus  any 
shares  subject  to  awards  made  under  previous  plans  as  of  February  28,  2013,  that  are  subsequently 
cancelled,  expired,  forfeited  or  otherwise  not  issued  under  previous  plans.    Under  the  2013  Plan,  non-
qualified options, incentive stock options, retention shares, stock units, and incentive bonus awards may 
be granted to eligible employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Non-employee directors are not 
eligible  for  awards  under  the  2013  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  969,822  options  and  1,307,905 
retention shares and stock units were outstanding under the 2013 Plan. 

Pursuant to the above plans 77,786,772; 79,574,896; and 64,337,040 shares of our common stock were 
authorized and available for grant at December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

Stock-Based  Compensation  –  We  have  several  stock-based  compensation  plans  under  which 
employees  and  non-employee  directors  receive  stock  options,  nonvested  retention  shares,  and 
nonvested  stock  units.  We  refer  to  the  nonvested  shares  and  stock  units  collectively  as  “retention 
awards”.  We  have  elected  to  issue  treasury  shares  to  cover  option  exercises  and  stock  unit  vestings, 
while new shares are issued when retention shares are granted. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Information regarding stock-based compensation appears in the table below: 

 Millions 
 Stock-based compensation, before tax: 
      Stock options  
      Retention awards  

 Total stock-based compensation, before tax  

 Excess tax benefits from equity compensation plans 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$  21 
 91 

$  112 

$  118 

$

$

$

 19 
 79 

 98 

 76 

$  18 
 75 

$  93 

$  100 

Stock Options – We estimate the fair value of our stock option awards using the Black-Scholes option 
pricing  model.  The  table  below  shows  the  annual  weighted-average  assumptions  used  for  valuation 
purposes: 

 Weighted-Average Assumptions 
 Risk-free interest rate  
 Dividend yield  
 Expected life (years)  
 Volatility 

2014 
1.6%  
2.1%  
5.2   
30.0%  

2013 
0.8%  
2.1%  
5.0   
36.2%  

2012 
0.8%
2.1%
5.3   
36.8%

 Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted  

$

20.18   

$

17.49   

$

15.65   

The  risk-free  rate  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant;  the  dividend 
yield is calculated as the ratio of dividends paid per share of common stock to the stock price on the date 
of grant; the expected life is based on historical and expected exercise behavior; and volatility is based on 
the historical volatility of our stock price over the expected life of the option. 

A summary of stock option activity during 2014 is presented below: 

 Outstanding at January 1, 2014 
 Granted  
 Exercised  
 Forfeited or expired  

 Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

 Vested or expected to vest  
    at December 31, 2014 

Options 
(thous.)
 7,443 
 989 
 (2,961)
 (84)

 5,387 

 5,325 

 Options exercisable at December 31, 2014 

 3,350 

$

Weighted-Average 
Exercise Price
 40.07 
 87.56 
 30.59 
 68.48 

Weighted-Average
Remaining 
Contractual Term
5.8 yrs.
N/A
N/A
N/A

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
(millions)
 327 
$
N/A
N/A
N/A

$

$

$

 53.56 

 53.30 

 40.69 

5.8 yrs.

5.8 yrs.

4.4 yrs.

$

$

$

 353 

 351 

 263 

Stock options are granted at the closing price on the date of grant, have ten-year contractual terms, and 
vest no later than three years from the date of grant. None of the stock options outstanding at December 
31, 2014, are subject to performance or market-based vesting conditions. 

At  December  31,  2014,  there  was  $15  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to 
nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1 year. 
Additional information regarding stock option exercises appears in the table below: 

 Millions 
 Intrinsic value of stock options exercised 
 Cash received from option exercises 
 Treasury shares repurchased for employee payroll taxes 
 Tax benefit realized from option exercises 
 Aggregate grant-date fair value of stock options vested 

$

2014 
 194 
 54 
 (24)
 74 
 17 

$

2013 
 112 
 51 
 (21)
 43 
 16 

$

2012 
 244 
 84 
 (30)
 93 
 16 

60 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Retention Awards – The fair value of retention awards is based on the closing price of the stock on the 
grant date. Dividends and dividend equivalents are paid to participants during the vesting periods. 

Changes in our retention awards during 2014 were as follows: 

 Nonvested at January 1, 2014 
 Granted  
 Vested  
 Forfeited  

 Nonvested at December 31, 2014 

Shares 
(thous.)
 3,712 
 871 
 (1,080)
 (100)

 3,403 

Weighted-Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value
 49.02 
$
 88.14 
 31.33 
 57.82 

$

 64.39 

Retention awards are granted at no cost to the employee or non-employee director and vest over periods 
lasting up to four years. At December 31, 2014, there was $87 million of total unrecognized compensation 
expense  related  to  nonvested  retention  awards,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-
average period of 1.6 years. 

Performance  Retention  Awards  –  In  February  2014,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  performance 
stock  unit  grants.  Other  than  different  performance  targets,  the  basic  terms  of  these  performance  stock 
units are identical to those granted in February 2012 and February 2013, including using annual return on 
invested capital (ROIC) as the performance measure.   We define ROIC as net operating profit adjusted 
for  interest  expense  (including  interest  on  the  present  value  of  operating  leases)  and  taxes  on  interest 
divided by average invested capital adjusted for the present value of operating leases.  

Stock units awarded to selected employees under these grants are subject to continued employment for 
37 months and the attainment of certain levels of ROIC. We expense the fair value of the units that are 
probable  of  being  earned  based  on  our  forecasted  ROIC  over  the  3-year  performance  period.  We 
measure the fair value of these performance stock  units based upon the closing price of the underlying 
common  stock  as  of  the  date  of  grant,  reduced  by  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  dividends. 
Dividend equivalents are paid to participants only after the units are earned. 

The  assumptions  used  to  calculate  the  present  value  of  estimated  future  dividends  related  to  the 
February 2014 grant were as follows: 

 Dividend per share per quarter  
 Risk-free interest rate at date of grant  

Changes in our performance retention awards during 2014 were as follows: 

2014 
$  0.455 
0.7%

 Nonvested at January 1, 2014 
 Granted  
 Vested  
 Forfeited  

 Nonvested at December 31, 2014 

Shares 
(thous.)
 1,888 
 456 
 (661)
 (100)

 1,583 

Weighted-Average 
Grant-Date Fair Value
 53.70 
$
 83.06 
 44.94 
 61.36 

$

 65.33 

At  December  31,  2014,  there  was  $36  million  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to 
nonvested  performance  retention  awards,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a  weighted-average 
period  of  1  year.  This  expense  is  subject  to  achievement  of  the  ROIC  levels  established  for  the 
performance stock unit grants. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
6. Retirement Plans 

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits  

Pension Plans – We provide defined benefit retirement income to eligible non-union employees through 
qualified and non-qualified (supplemental) pension plans. Qualified and non-qualified pension benefits are 
based  on  years  of  service  and  the  highest  compensation  during  the  latest  years  of  employment,  with 
specific reductions made for early retirements. 

Other  Postretirement  Benefits  (OPEB)  –  We  provide  medical  and  life  insurance  benefits  for  eligible 
retirees. These benefits are funded as medical claims and life insurance premiums are paid. 

Funded Status  

We are required by GAAP to separately recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of our pension 
and  OPEB  plans  as  an  asset  or  liability.  The  funded  status  represents  the  difference  between  the 
projected benefit obligation (PBO) and the fair value of the plan assets. Our non-qualified (supplemental) 
pension  plan  is  unfunded  by  design.  The  PBO  of  the  pension  plans  is  the  present  value  of  benefits 
earned to date by plan participants, including the effect of assumed future compensation increases. The 
PBO of the OPEB plan is equal to the accumulated benefit obligation, as the present value of the OPEB 
liabilities  is  not  affected  by  compensation  increases.  Plan  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value.  We  use  a 
December 31 measurement date for plan assets and obligations for all our retirement plans.  

Changes in our PBO and plan assets were as follows for the years ended December 31: 

 Funded Status 
 Millions 
 Projected Benefit Obligation 
 Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year 
 Service cost 
 Interest cost 
 Actuarial loss/(gain) 
 Gross benefits paid 

 Projected benefit obligation at end of year 

 Plan Assets 
 Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
 Actual return on plan assets 
 Voluntary funded pension plan contributions 
 Non-qualified plan benefit contributions 
 Gross benefits paid 

 Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

 Funded status at end of year 

Pension 

OPEB 

2014 

2013   

2014 

2013 

$

$

$

$

$

 3,372 
 70 
 158 
 735 
 (193)

 4,142 

 3,429 
 185 
 200 
 33 
 (193)

 3,654 

 (488)

$

$

$

$

$

 3,591   
 72   
 134   
 (257)  
 (168)  

 3,372   

 2,875   
 506   
 200   
 16   
 (168)  

 3,429   

 57   

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

 330 
 2 
 14 
 33 
 (25)

 354 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 25 
 (25)

 372 
 3 
 12 
 (34)
 (23)

 330 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 23 
 (23)

 - 

$           - 

 (354)

$

 (330)

Amounts recognized in the statement of financial position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 consist of: 

 Millions 
 Noncurrent assets 
 Current liabilities 
 Noncurrent liabilities 

Pension 

OPEB 

$

2014 
 1 
 (19)
 (470)

$

2013 
 364 
 (16)
 (291)

$

2014 
 - 
 (23)
 (331)

$

2013 
 - 
 (25)
 (305)

 Net amounts recognized at end of year 

$

 (488)

$

 57 

$

 (354)

$

 (330)

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
The change in the funded status and accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) is primarily a result 
of  implementing  a  new  set  of  mortality  tables  issued  by  the  Society  of  Actuaries  in  October  2014  and 
lower discount rates.  

Pre-tax  amounts  recognized  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income/(loss)  as  of  December  31, 
2014 and 2013 consist of: 

 Millions 
 Prior service (cost)/credit 
 Net actuarial loss 

 Total 

Pension
 - 
$
 (1,727)

2014  

$

OPEB
 17 
 (148)

Total

$

 17   
 (1,875)  

$  (1,727)

$  (131)

$  (1,858)  

$

Pension
 - 
 (1,018)

$  (1,018)

$

$

2013  

OPEB
 28 
 (125)

$

Total
 28 
 (1,143)

 (97)

$  (1,115)

Pre-tax changes recognized in other comprehensive income/(loss) during 2014, 2013 and 2012 were as 
follows: 

Pension 

OPEB 

2014 
$  (780)

2013 
 561 

$

2012 

$  (265)  

$

2014 
 (33)

2013 
 34 

$

2012 
 (42)

$

 Millions 
 Net actuarial (loss)/gain 
 Amortization of: 
      Prior service cost/(credit) 
      Actuarial loss 

 Total 

$  (709)

$

 667 

$  (181)  

$

 (34)

$

 33 

$

 -   
 71   

 -   
 106   

 1   
 83   

 (11)  
 10   

 (16)  
 15   

 (18)
 13 

 (47)

Amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) expected to be amortized into net 
periodic cost during 2015: 

 Millions 
 Prior service credit 
 Net actuarial loss 

 Total 

Pension
 - 
$
 (103)

$  (103)

OPEB
 10 
 (13)

$

Total
 10 
 (116)

 (3)

$  (106)

$

$

Underfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation – The accumulated benefit obligation (ABO) is the present 
value  of  benefits  earned  to  date,  assuming  no  future  compensation  growth.  The  underfunded 
accumulated  benefit  obligation  represents  the  difference  between  the  ABO  and  the  fair  value  of  plan 
assets.  At  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  the  non-qualified  (supplemental)  plan  ABO  was  $379  million 
and  $302  million,  respectively.  The  following  table  discloses  only  the  PBO,  ABO,  and  fair  value  of  plan 
assets for pension plans where the accumulated benefit obligation is in excess of the fair value of the plan 
assets as of December 31: 

 Underfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation 
 Millions 

 Projected benefit obligation 

 Accumulated benefit obligation 
 Fair value of plan assets 

 Underfunded accumulated benefit obligation 

2014 

 388 

 379 

 -   

 (379)

$

$

$

2013 

 308 

 302 
 - 

 (302)

$

$

$

The ABO for all defined benefit pension plans was $3.9 billion and $3.2 billion at December 31, 2014 and 
2013, respectively.  

63 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Assumptions  –  The  weighted-average  actuarial  assumptions  used  to  determine  benefit  obligations  at 
December 31: 

 Percentages 
 Discount rate 
 Compensation increase 
 Health care cost trend rate (employees under 65) 
 Ultimate health care cost trend rate 
 Year ultimate trend rate reached 

Expense  

Pension 

OPEB 

2014 
3.94%
4.00%
N/A
N/A
N/A

2013 
4.72%
4.00%
N/A
N/A
N/A

2014 
3.74%
N/A
6.34%
4.50%
2028 

2013 
4.47%
N/A
6.49%
4.50%
2028 

Both  pension  and  OPEB  expense  are  determined  based  upon  the  annual  service  cost  of  benefits  (the 
actuarial  cost  of  benefits  earned  during  a  period)  and  the  interest  cost  on  those  liabilities,  less  the 
expected  return  on  plan  assets.  The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  is  applied  to  a 
calculated value of plan assets that recognizes changes in fair value over a five-year period. This practice 
is intended to reduce year-to-year volatility in pension expense, but it can have the effect of delaying the 
recognition of differences between actual returns on assets and expected returns based on long-term rate 
of return assumptions. Differences in actual experience in relation to assumptions are not recognized in 
net income immediately, but are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income and, if necessary, 
amortized as pension or OPEB expense.  

The components of our net periodic pension and OPEB cost/(benefit) were as follows for the years ended 
December 31: 

 Millions 
 Net Periodic Benefit Cost: 
      Service cost 
      Interest cost 
      Expected return on plan assets 
 Amortization of: 
      Prior service cost/(credit) 
      Actuarial loss 

Pension 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2014 

OPEB 

2013 

$

$

 70 
 158   
 (230)  

$

 72 
 134   
 (202)  

 54 
 141   
 (190)  

$

$

 2 
 14   
 -   

$

 3 
 12   
 -   

 -   
 71   

 -   
 106   

 1   
 83   

 (11)  
 10   

 (16)  
 15   

 Net periodic benefit cost/(benefit) 

$

 69 

$

 110 

$

 89 

$

 15 

$

 14 

$

2012 

 3 
 15 
 - 

 (18)
 13 

 13 

Assumptions – The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine expense were as follows: 

 Percentages 
 Discount rate 
 Expected return on plan assets 
 Compensation increase 
 Health care cost trend rate (employees under 65) 
 Ultimate health care cost trend rate 
 Year ultimate trend reached 

OPEB 

Pension 
2013 

2013 

2012 

2014 

2014 
2012 
4.72% 3.78% 4.54% 4.47% 3.48% 4.36%
N/A
7.50% 7.50% 7.50%
N/A
4.00% 3.43% 3.69%
N/A 6.49% 6.64% 6.91%
N/A 4.50% 4.50% 4.50%
2028 
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

2028 

2028 

The discount rate was based on a yield curve of high quality corporate bonds with cash flows matching 
our  plans’  expected  benefit  payments.    The  expected  return  on  plan  assets  is  based  on  our  asset 
allocation mix and our historical return, taking into account current and expected market conditions. The 
actual return on pension plan assets, net of fees, was approximately 6% in 2014, 17% in 2013, and 13% 
in 2012. 

Assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  have  an  effect  on  the  expense  and  liabilities  reported  for  health 
care  plans.  The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  is  based  on  historical  rates  and  expected  market 
conditions.  The  2015  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  for  employees  under  65  is  6.49%.    It  is 
assumed the rate will decrease gradually to an ultimate rate of 4.5% in 2028 and will remain at that level.  

64 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
A  one-percentage  point  change  in  the  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  would  have  the  following 
effects on OPEB: 

 Millions 
 Effect on total service and interest cost components 
 Effect on accumulated benefit obligation 

Cash Contributions 

One % pt. 
Increase
 1 
$
 19 

One % pt. 
Decrease
 (1)
 (16)

$

The following table details our cash contributions for the qualified pension plans and the benefit payments 
for the non-qualified (supplemental) pension and OPEB plans: 

 Millions 
 2013 
 2014 

Pension 

$

Qualified
 200 
 200 

Non-qualified
 16 
 33   

$

$

OPEB
 23 
 25 

Our policy with respect to funding the qualified plans is to fund at least the minimum required by law and 
not more than the maximum amount deductible for tax purposes. All contributions made to the qualified 
pension plans in 2014 were voluntary and were made with cash generated from operations. 

The non-qualified pension and OPEB plans are not funded and are not subject to any minimum regulatory 
funding  requirements.  Benefit  payments  for  each  year  represent  supplemental  pension  payments  and 
claims  paid  for  medical  and  life  insurance.  We  anticipate  our  2015  supplemental  pension  and  OPEB 
payments will be made from cash generated from operations. 

Benefit Payments   

The following table details expected benefit payments for the years 2015 through 2024: 

 Millions 
 2015 
 2016 
 2017 
 2018 
 2019 
 Years 2020 - 2024 

Asset Allocation Strategy  

Pension
$  180 

 186   
 191   
 196   
 201   
 1,069   

$

OPEB
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 23 
 107 

Our pension plan asset allocation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and target allocation for 2015, are 
as follows: 

 Equity securities 
 Debt securities 
 Real estate 
 Commodities 

 Total 

Target 
Allocation 2015
60% to 70% 
20% to 30% 
2% to 8% 
4% to 6% 

Percentage of Plan Assets 
December 31,
2013 
70%
 21   
 4   
 5   

2014  
68% 
 23    
 4    
 5    

100% 

100%

The investment strategy for pension plan assets is to maintain a broadly diversified portfolio designed to 
achieve our target average long-term rate of return of 7.5%. While we believe we can achieve a long-term 
average  rate  of  return  of  7.5%,  we  cannot  be  certain  that  the  portfolio  will  perform  to  our  expectations. 
Assets  are  strategically  allocated  among  equity,  debt,  and  other  investments  in  order  to  achieve  a 
diversification  level  that  reduces  fluctuations  in  investment  returns.  Asset  allocation  target  ranges  for 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
equity,  debt,  and  other  portfolios  are  evaluated  at  least  every  three  years  with  the  assistance  of  an 
independent consulting firm. Actual asset allocations are monitored monthly, and rebalancing actions are 
executed at least quarterly, if needed.  

The  pension  plan  investments  are  held  in  a  Master  Trust.  The  majority  of  pension  plan  assets  are 
invested in equity securities because equity portfolios have historically provided higher returns than debt 
and  other  asset  classes  over  extended  time  horizons  and  are  expected  to  do  so  in  the  future. 
Correspondingly,  equity  investments  also  entail  greater  risks  than  other  investments.    Equity  risks  are 
balanced by investing a significant portion of the plans’ assets in high quality debt securities. The average 
credit rating of the debt portfolio exceeded A+ as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The debt portfolio is 
also broadly diversified and invested primarily in U.S. Treasury, mortgage, and corporate securities. The 
weighted-average maturity of the debt portfolio was 12 years at both December 31, 2014 and 2013.  

The investment of pension plan assets in securities issued by UPC is explicitly prohibited by the plan for 
both the equity and debt portfolios, other than through index fund holdings.  

Fair Value Measurements 

The  pension  plan  assets  are  valued  at  fair  value.  The  following  is  a  description  of  the  valuation 
methodologies  used  for  the  investments  measured  at  fair  value,  including  the  general  classification  of 
such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy. 

Temporary Cash Investments – These investments consist of U.S. dollars and foreign currencies held 
in  master  trust  accounts  at  The  Northern  Trust  Company  (the  Trustee).    Foreign  currencies  held  are 
reported  in  terms  of  U.S.  dollars  based  on  currency  exchange  rates  readily  available  in  active  markets. 
These temporary cash investments are classified as Level 1 investments. 

Registered  Investment  Companies  –  Registered  Investment  Companies  are  real  estate  investments 
and  bond  investments  registered  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.    The  real  estate 
investments  are  traded  actively  on  public  exchanges.  The  share  prices  for  these  investments  are 
published at the close of each business day.  The Plan’s holdings of real estate investments are classified 
as Level 1 investments.  The bond investments are not traded publicly, but the underlying assets held in 
these  funds  are  traded  on  active  markets  and  the  prices  for  these  assets  are  readily  observable.    The 
Plan’s holdings in bond investments are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Federal  Government  Securities  –  Federal  Government  Securities  consist  of  bills,  notes,  bonds,  and 
other  fixed  income  securities  issued  directly  by  the  U.S.  Treasury  or  by  U.S.  government-sponsored 
enterprises.  These  assets  are  valued  using  a  bid  evaluation  process  with  bid  data  provided  by 
independent pricing sources.  Federal Government Securities are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Bonds and Debentures – Bonds and debentures consist of fixed income securities issued by U.S. and 
non-U.S. corporations as well as state, local, and non-U.S. governments.  These assets are valued using 
a  bid  evaluation  process  with  bid  data  provided  by  independent  pricing  sources.    Corporate,  state,  and 
municipal bonds and debentures are classified as Level 2 investments. 

Corporate Stock – This investment category consists of common and preferred stock issued by U.S. and 
non-U.S.  corporations.    Most  common  shares  are  traded  actively  on  exchanges  and  price  quotes  for 
these shares are readily available. Common stock is classified as a Level 1 investment.  Preferred shares 
included in this category are valued using a bid evaluation process with bid data provided by independent 
pricing sources.  Preferred stock is classified as a Level 2 investment. 

Venture  Capital  and  Buyout  Partnerships  –  This  investment  category  is  comprised  of  interests  in 
limited  partnerships  that  invest  primarily  in  privately-held  companies.    Due  to  the  private  nature  of  the 
partnership investments, pricing inputs are not readily observable.  Asset valuations are developed by the 
general partners that manage the partnerships.  These valuations are based on the application of public 
market multiples to private company cash flows, market transactions that provide valuation information for 
comparable companies, and other methods.  The fair value recorded by the Plan is calculated using the 
net asset value (NAV) per share, which is derived from the valuation method described here. The Plan’s 
holdings of limited partnership interests are classified as Level 3 investments. 

Real  Estate  Partnerships  –  Most  of  the  Plan’s  real  estate  investments  are  interests  in  partnerships  or 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other commingled funds.  Valuations for the holdings in this category are not based on readily observable 
inputs  and  are  primarily  derived  from  property  appraisals.  The  fair  value  recorded  by  the  Plan  is 
calculated  using  the  NAV  per  share,  which  is  derived  from  the  valuation  method  described  here.  The 
Plan’s  interests  in  real  estate  partnerships  and  other  commingled  funds  are  classified  as  Level  3 
investments. 

Common Trust and Other Funds – Common trust funds are comprised of shares or units in commingled 
funds that are not publicly traded.  The underlying assets in these funds (U.S. stock funds, non-U.S. stock 
funds,  commodity  funds,  and  short  term  investment  funds)  are  publicly  traded  on  exchanges  and  price 
quotes  for  the  assets  held  by  these  funds  are  readily  available.  Holdings  of  common  trust  funds  are 
classified as Level 2 investments. 

This  category  also  includes  investments  in  limited  liability  companies  that  invest  in  publicly-traded 
convertible securities, commodities, and other assets. The limited liability company investments are funds 
that  invest  in  both  long  and  short  positions  in  convertible  securities,  stocks,  commodities,  and  fixed 
income  securities.    The  underlying  securities  held  by  the  funds  are  traded  actively  on  exchanges  and 
price  quotes  for  these  investments  are  readily  available.    Interests  in  the  limited  liability  companies  are 
classified as Level 2 investments. 

As of December 31, 2014, the pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as 
follows: 

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
 Markets for  
Identical Inputs  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 234 
 139 
 - 

 373 

$

Total 

 22 
 294 
 163 
 381 
 1,091 
 234 
 139 
 1,340 

 3,664 

 (10)

$  3,654 

 Millions 
 Plan assets: 
      Temporary cash investments 
      Registered investment companies 
      Federal government securities 
      Bonds & debentures 
      Corporate stock 
      Venture capital and buyout partnerships 
      Real estate partnerships 
      Common trust and other funds 

$

$

 22 
 12 
 - 
 - 
 1,076 
 - 
 - 
 - 

$

 - 
 282 
 163 
 381 
 15 
 - 
 - 
 1,340 

 Total plan assets at fair value 

$  1,110 

$  2,181 

$

 Other assets [a] 

 Total plan assets 

[a] Other assets include accrued receivables and pending broker settlements. 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
As of December 31, 2013, the pension plan assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis were as 
follows: 

Quoted Prices  
in Active  
 Markets for  
Identical Inputs  
(Level 1)  

Significant  
Other  
Observable  
Inputs  
(Level 2)  

Significant  
Unobservable  
Inputs  
(Level 3)  

 Millions 
 Plan assets: 
      Temporary cash investments 
      Registered investment companies 
      Federal government securities 
      Bonds & debentures 
      Corporate stock 
      Venture capital and buyout partnerships 
      Real estate partnerships 
      Common trust and other funds 

$

$

 16 
 11 
 - 
 - 
 983 
 - 
 - 
 - 

$

 - 
 253 
 126 
 310 
 16 
 - 
 - 
 1,357 

 Total plan assets at fair value 

$  1,010 

$  2,062 

$

 Other assets [a] 

 Total plan assets 

[a] Other assets include accrued receivables and pending broker settlements. 

 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 - 
 213 
 139 
 - 

 352 

$

Total 

 16 
 264 
 126 
 310 
 999 
 213 
 139 
 1,357 

 3,424 

 5 

$  3,429 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no significant transfers in or out of Levels 
1, 2, or 3. 

The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  of  the  fair  value 
measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 investments) during 2014: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance - January 1, 2014 
 Realized gain 
 Unrealized gain 
 Purchases 
 Sales 

$

 Venture Capital
and Buyout
Partnerships
 213 
 17 
 5 
 54 
 (55)

$

Real Estate
Partnerships
 139 
 8 
 6 
 19 
 (33)

 Ending balance - December 31, 2014 

$

 234 

$

 139 

Total
 352 
 25 
 11 
 73 
 (88)

 373 

$

$

The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  balances  of  the  fair  value 
measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3 investments) during 2013: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance - January 1, 2013 
 Realized gain 
 Unrealized gain 
 Purchases 
 Sales 

$

 Venture Capital
and Buyout
Partnerships
 179 
 7 
 24 
 43 
 (40)

$

Real Estate
Partnerships
 143 
 8 
 3 
 23 
 (38)

 Ending balance - December 31, 2013 

$

 213 

$

 139 

Total
 322 
 15 
 27 
 66 
 (78)

 352 

$

$

68 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
 
Other Retirement Programs 

401(k)/Thrift Plan – We provide a defined contribution plan (401(k)/thrift plan) to eligible non-union and 
union  employees  for  whom  we  make  matching  contributions.  We  match  50  cents  for  each  dollar 
contributed by employees up to the first six percent of compensation contributed. Our plan contributions 
were $19 million in 2014, $18 million in 2013, and $15 million in 2012.  

Railroad Retirement System – All Railroad employees are covered by the Railroad Retirement System 
(the  System).  Contributions  made  to  the  System  are  expensed  as  incurred  and  amounted  to 
approximately $711 million in 2014, $670 million in 2013, and $644 million in 2012. 

Collective  Bargaining  Agreements  –  Under  collective  bargaining  agreements,  we  participate  in  multi-
employer  benefit  plans  that  provide  certain  postretirement  health  care  and  life  insurance  benefits  for 
eligible union employees.  Premiums paid under these plans are expensed as incurred and amounted to 
$52 million in 2014, $57 million in 2013, and $62 million in 2012. 

7. Other Income 

Other income included the following for the years ended December 31: 

 Millions 
 Rental income 
 Net gain on non-operating asset dispositions 
 Interest income 
 Non-operating environmental costs and other 

 Total 

2014 [a]
 96 
$
 69 
 4 
 (18)

$  151 

2013 [b]
$  106 
 32 
 4 
 (14)

$  128 

$

2012 
 83 
 29 
 3 
 (7)

$  108 

 [a] Non-operating environmental costs and other includes $14 million related to the sale of a permanent easement. 
 [b] Rental income includes $17 million related to a land lease contract settlement. 

8. Income Taxes 

Components of income tax expense were as follows for the years ended December 31: 

 Millions 
 Current tax expense: 
      Federal 
      State 

 Total current tax expense 

 Deferred tax expense: 
      Federal 
      State 

 Total deferred tax expense 

 Unrecognized tax benefits: 
      Federal  
      State 

 Total unrecognized tax benefits expense/(benefits) 

2014 

2013 

2012 

$  2,029 
 239 

$  1,738 
 199 

$  1,335 
 153 

 2,268 

 1,937 

 1,488 

 667 
 136 

 803 

 86 
 6 

 92 

 659 
 119 

 778 

 (54)
 (1)

 (55)

 760 
 120 

 880 

 5 
 2 

 7 

 Total income tax expense 

$  3,163 

$  2,660 

$  2,375 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
For  the  years  ended  December  31,  reconciliations  between  statutory  and  effective  tax  rates  are  as 
follows: 

 Tax Rate Percentages 
 Federal statutory tax rate 
 State statutory rates, net of federal benefits 
 Deferred tax adjustments 
 Tax credits 
 Other 

 Effective tax rate 

2014   
 35.0 %
 3.1   
 -    
 (0.4)  
 0.2   

 37.9 %

2013   
 35.0 % 
 3.1   
 (0.1)  
 (0.2)  
 (0.1)  

 37.7 % 

2012   
 35.0 %
 3.1   
 (0.1)  
 (0.5)  
 0.1   

 37.6 %

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of events that 
are  reported  in  different  periods  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes.    The  majority  of  our 
deferred tax assets relate to deductions that already have been claimed for financial reporting purposes 
but not for tax purposes.  The majority of our deferred tax liabilities relate to differences between the tax 
bases  and  financial  reporting  amounts  of  our  land  and  depreciable  property,  due  to  accelerated  tax 
depreciation  (including  bonus  depreciation),  revaluation  of  assets  in  purchase  accounting  transactions, 
and differences in capitalization methods. 

Deferred income tax (liabilities)/assets were comprised of the following at December 31: 

 Millions 
 Deferred income tax liabilities: 
    Property 
    Other 

 Total deferred income tax liabilities 

 Deferred income tax assets: 
    Accrued wages 
    Accrued casualty costs 
    Accrued stock compensation 
    Debt and leases 
    Retiree benefits 
    Credits 
    Other 

 Total deferred income tax assets 

 Net deferred income tax liability 

 Current portion of deferred taxes 
 Non-current portion of deferred taxes 

 Net deferred income tax liability 

2014 

2013 

$  (15,173)
 (411)

$  (14,448)
 (260)

 (15,584)

 (14,708)

 74 
 228 
 69 
 86 
 392 
 164 
 168 

$

 1,181 

$

 71 
 223 
 66 
 41 
 100 
 182 
 130 

 813 

$  (14,403)

$  (13,895)

$

 277 
 (14,680)

$

 268 
 (14,163)

$  (14,403)

$  (13,895)

When appropriate, we record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets to reflect that these tax 
assets  may  not  be  realized.  In  determining  whether  a  valuation  allowance  is  appropriate,  we  consider 
whether it is more likely than not that all or some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized 
based  on  management’s  judgments  using  available  evidence  for  purposes  of  estimating  whether  future 
taxable income will be sufficient to realize a deferred tax asset. In 2014 and 2013, there were no valuation 
allowances. 

Tax  benefits  are  recognized  only  for  tax  positions  that  are  more  likely  than  not  to  be  sustained  upon 
examination by tax authorities. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that 
is  greater  than  50  percent  likely  to  be  realized  upon  settlement.  Unrecognized  tax  benefits  are  tax 
benefits claimed in our tax returns that do not meet these recognition and measurement standards. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
A reconciliation of changes in unrecognized tax benefits liabilities/(assets) from the beginning to the end 
of the reporting period is as follows: 

 Millions 
 Unrecognized tax benefits at January 1 
 Increases for positions taken in current year 
 Increases for positions taken in prior years 
 Decreases for positions taken in prior years 
 Payments to and settlements with taxing authorities 
 Increases/(decreases) for interest and penalties 
 Lapse of statutes of limitations 

 Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31 

$

2014 
 59 
 92 
 21 
 (14)
 (7)
 1 
 (1)

$  151 

2013 
$  115 
 24 
 15 
 (30)
 (63)
 - 
 (2)

$

 59 

2012 
$  107 
 29 
 4 
 (19)
 - 
 (4)
 (2)

$  115 

We  recognize  interest  and  penalties  as  part  of  income  tax  expense.  Total  accrued  liabilities  for  interest 
and  penalties  were  $6  million  at  both  December  31,  2014  and  2013.  Total  interest  and  penalties 
recognized as part of income tax expense (benefit) were $9 million for 2014, $7 million for 2013, and $(4) 
million for 2012.  

Internal Revenue Service (IRS) examinations have been completed and settled for all years prior to 2009, 
and  the  statute  of  limitations  bars  any  additional  tax  assessments.  The  IRS  has  completed  their 
examinations and issued notices of deficiency for tax years 2009 through 2010. We disagree with many 
of their proposed adjustments, and we are at IRS Appeals for those years. Additionally, several state tax 
authorities are examining our state income tax returns for years 2006 through 2010. 

In the fourth quarter of 2014, UPC and the IRS signed a closing agreement resolving all tax matters for 
tax years 2005-2008.  The settlement had an immaterial effect on our income tax expense. In connection 
with the settlement, UPC paid $11 million in 2014.   

In 2012, UPC and the IRS signed a closing agreement resolving all tax matters for tax years 1999-2004. 
The  settlement  had  an  immaterial  effect  on  our  income  tax  expense.  In  connection  with  the  settlement, 
we received refunds of $8 million in 2013. 

We  do  not  expect  our  unrecognized  tax  benefits  to  change  significantly  in  the  next  12  months.  At 
December  31,  2014,  we  had  a  net  unrecognized  tax  benefit  liability  of  $151  million.  Of  that  amount,  $6 
million is classified as a current liability in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. 

The portion of our unrecognized tax benefits that relates to permanent changes in tax and interest would 
reduce  our  effective  tax  rate,  if  recognized.  The  remaining  unrecognized  tax  benefits  relate  to  tax 
positions  for  which  only  the  timing  of  the  benefit  is  uncertain.    Recognition  of  the  tax  benefits  with 
uncertain  timing  would  reduce  our  effective  tax  rate  only  through  a  reduction  of  accrued  interest  and 
penalties.  The unrecognized tax benefits that would reduce our effective tax rate are as follows: 

 Millions 
 Unrecognized tax benefits that would reduce the effective tax rate 
 Unrecognized tax benefits that would not reduce the effective tax rate    

 Total unrecognized tax benefits 

$

2014 
 33 
 118   

$  151 

2013 
 34 
 25   

 59 

$

$

$

2012 
 41 
 74 

$  115 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Earnings Per Share  

The following table provides a reconciliation between basic and diluted earnings per share for the years 
ended December 31: 

 Millions, Except Per Share Amounts 

 Net income  

 Weighted-average number of shares outstanding:      
     Basic  
     Dilutive effect of stock options  
     Dilutive effect of retention shares and units   

 Diluted  

 Earnings per share – basic  
 Earnings per share – diluted  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$

 5,180 

$

 4,388 

$

 3,943 

897.1 
2.1 
1.9 

901.1 

 5.77 
 5.75 

$
$

 926.5 
 2.4 
 2.6 

 931.5 

$
$

 4.74 
 4.71 

$
$

 946.2 
 3.6 
 3.1 

 952.9 

 4.17 
 4.14 

Common  stock  options  totaling  0.4  million,  0.5  million,  and  1.1  million  for  2014,  2013,  and  2012, 
respectively,  were  excluded  from  the  computation  of  diluted  earnings  per  share  because  the  exercise 
prices  of  these  options  exceeded  the  average  market  price  of  our  common  stock  for  the  respective 
periods, and the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. 

10. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income/(Loss) 

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) were as follows (net of tax): 

 Millions  
Balance at January 1, 2014 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before 
reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income/(loss) [a] 

Net year-to-date other comprehensive 
income/(loss), net of taxes of $291 million 

Balance at December 31, 2014 

Balance at January 1, 2013 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) before 
reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 
comprehensive income/(loss) [a] 

Net year-to-date other comprehensive 
income/(loss), net of taxes of ($264) million 

$

$

$

Defined 
benefit 
plans
 (713)

Foreign 
currency 
translation
 (37)

$

Derivatives 
 -  

$

  $

 10    

 (458)   

 (448)   

 (1,161)

 (1,149)

$

$

 (1)   

 437    

 436    

 (12)

 - 

 (12)

 (49)

 (36)

 (1)   

 -    

 (1)   

Total
 (750)

 (2)

 (458)

 (460)

 -  

 -  

 -  

$

$

 -  

  $

 (1,210)

 (1) 

  $

 (1,186)

 1  

 -    

 1  

 (1)

 437 

 436 

Balance at December 31, 2013 

$

 (713)

$

 (37)

$

 -  

  $

 (750)

[a]  The  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income/(loss)  reclassification  components  are  1)  prior  service 
cost/(benefit) and 2) net actuarial loss which are both included in the computation of net periodic pension cost. 
See Note 6 Retirement Plans for additional details. 

11. Accounts Receivable 

Accounts  receivable  includes  freight  and  other  receivables  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts.  The  allowance  is  based  upon  historical  losses,  credit  worthiness  of  customers,  and  current 
economic  conditions.  At  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  our  accounts  receivable  were  reduced  by  $5 
million  and  $1  million,  respectively.      Receivables  not  expected  to  be  collected  in  one  year  and  the 
associated  allowances  are  classified  as  other  assets  in  our  Consolidated  Statements  of  Financial 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Position.  At  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  receivables  classified  as  other  assets  were  reduced  by 
allowances of $16 million and $22 million, respectively.  

Receivables  Securitization  Facility  –  On  July  29,  2014,  we  completed  the  renewal  of  our  receivables 
securitization facility. The new $650 million, 3-year facility replaces the prior $600 million, 364-day facility. 
Under  the  facility,  the  Railroad  sells  most  of  its  eligible  third-party  receivables  to  Union  Pacific 
Receivables, Inc. (UPRI), a wholly-owned, bankruptcy-remote subsidiary that may subsequently transfer, 
without  recourse,  an  undivided  interest  in  accounts  receivable  to  investors.  The  investors  have  no 
recourse to the Railroad’s other assets except for customary warranty and indemnity claims. Creditors of 
the Railroad do not have recourse to the assets of UPRI. 

The amount outstanding under the facility was $400 million and $0 at December 31, 2014, and December 
31, 2013, respectively. The facility was supported by $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion of accounts receivable 
as collateral at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively, which, as a retained interest, 
is included in accounts receivable, net in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

The outstanding amount the Railroad is allowed to maintain under the facility, with a maximum of $650 
million, may fluctuate based on the availability of eligible receivables and is directly affected by business 
volumes  and  credit  risks,  including  receivables  payment  quality  measures  such  as  default  and  dilution 
ratios.  If  default  or  dilution  ratios  increase  one  percent,  the  allowable  outstanding  amount  under  the 
facility would not materially change. 

The  costs  of  the  receivables  securitization  facility  include  interest,  which  will  vary  based  on  prevailing 
benchmark  and  commercial  paper  rates,  program  fees  paid  to  participating  banks,  commercial  paper 
issuing  costs,  and  fees  of  participating  banks  for  unused  commitment  availability.    The  costs  of  the 
receivables securitization facility are included in interest expense and were $4 million, $5 million and $3 
million for 2014, 2013, and 2012, respectively. 

12. Properties  

The following tables list the major categories of property and equipment, as well as the weighted-average 
estimated useful life for each category (in years): 

 Millions, Except Estimated Useful Life 
 As of December 31, 2014 

      Accumulated
Cost       Depreciation

Net Book
Value

Estimated
Useful Life

 Land  

 Road: 
      Rail and other track material 
      Ties  
      Ballast  
      Other roadway [a]  

 Total road   

 Equipment: 
      Locomotives  
      Freight cars  
      Work equipment and other  

 Total equipment   

 Technology and other  
 Construction in progress  

 Total 

$  5,194 

$       N/A

$  5,194 

 14,588 
 9,102 
 4,826 
 16,476 

 44,992 

 8,276 
 2,116 
 684 

 11,076 

 872 
 1,080 

 5,241 
 2,450 
 1,264 
 2,852 

 11,807 

 3,694 
 968 
 153 

 4,815 

 320 
 -   

 9,347 
 6,652 
 3,562 
 13,624 

 33,185 

 4,582 
 1,148 
 531 

 6,261 

 552 
 1,080 

$  63,214 

$  16,942 

$  46,272 

N/A

 33 
 33 
 34 
 47 

N/A

 20 
 25 
 18 

N/A

 10 
N/A

N/A

[a]  Other roadway includes grading, bridges and tunnels, signals, buildings, and other road assets. 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 Millions, Except Estimated Useful Life 
 As of December 31, 2013 

      Accumulated
Cost       Depreciation

Net Book
Value

Estimated
Useful Life

 Land  

$

 5,120 

$       N/A 

$

 5,120 

 Road: 
      Rail and other track material  
      Ties  
      Ballast  
      Other roadway [a]  

 Total road   

 Equipment: 
      Locomotives  
      Freight cars  
      Work equipment and other  

 Total equipment   

 Technology and other  
 Construction in progress  

 Total 

 13,861 
 8,785 
 4,621 
 15,596 

 42,863 

 7,518 
 2,085 
 561 

 10,164 

 711 
 954 

 4,970 
 2,310 
 1,171 
 2,726 

 11,177 

 3,481 
 1,000 
 119 

 4,600 

 286 
 -   

 8,891 
 6,475 
 3,450 
 12,870 

 31,686 

 4,037 
 1,085 
 442 

 5,564 

 425 
 954 

$  59,812 

$  16,063 

$  43,749 

N/A

 35 
 33 
 34 
 48 

N/A

 20 
 25 
 18 

N/A

 10 
N/A

N/A

[a]  Other roadway includes grading, bridges and tunnels, signals, buildings, and other road assets. 

Property and Depreciation – Our railroad operations are highly capital intensive, and our large base of 
homogeneous,  network-type  assets  turns  over  on  a  continuous  basis.    Each  year  we  develop  a  capital 
program for the replacement of assets and for the acquisition or construction of assets that enable us to 
enhance our operations or provide new service offerings to customers.  Assets purchased or constructed 
throughout the year are capitalized if they meet applicable minimum units of property criteria.  Properties 
and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  and  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated 
service lives, which are measured in years, except for rail in high-density traffic corridors (i.e., all rail lines 
except for those subject to abandonment, yard and switching tracks, and electronic yards) for which lives 
are  measured  in  millions  of  gross  tons  per  mile  of  track.    We  use  the  group  method  of  depreciation  in 
which all items with similar characteristics, use, and expected lives are grouped together in asset classes, 
and are depreciated using composite depreciation rates.  The group method of depreciation treats each 
asset class as a pool of resources, not as singular items.  We currently have more than 60 depreciable 
asset  classes,  and  we  may  increase  or  decrease  the  number  of  asset  classes  due  to  changes  in 
technology, asset strategies, or other factors. 

We determine the estimated service lives of depreciable railroad assets by means of depreciation studies.  
We  perform  depreciation  studies  at  least  every  three  years  for  equipment  and  every  six  years  for  track 
assets  (i.e.,  rail  and  other  track  material,  ties,  and  ballast)  and  other  road  property.    Our  depreciation 
studies take into account the following factors: 

  Statistical analysis of historical patterns of use and retirements of each of our asset classes; 
  Evaluation  of  any  expected  changes  in  current  operations  and  the  outlook  for  continued  use  of 

the assets; 

  Evaluation of technological advances and changes to maintenance practices; and 
  Expected salvage to be received upon retirement. 

For rail in high-density traffic corridors, we measure estimated service lives in millions of gross tons per 
mile of track.  It has been our experience that the lives of rail in high-density traffic corridors are closely 
correlated to usage (i.e., the amount of weight carried over the rail).  The service lives also vary based on 
rail  weight,  rail  condition  (e.g.,  new  or  secondhand),  and  rail  type  (e.g.,  straight  or  curve).    Our 
depreciation studies for rail in high-density traffic corridors consider each of these factors in determining 
the  estimated  service  lives.    For  rail  in  high-density  traffic  corridors,  we  calculate  depreciation  rates 
annually  by  dividing  the  number  of  gross  ton-miles  carried  over  the  rail  (i.e.,  the  weight  of  loaded  and 
empty  freight  cars,  locomotives  and  maintenance  of  way  equipment  transported  over  the  rail)  by  the 
estimated service lives of the rail measured in millions of gross tons per mile.  For all other depreciable 
assets, we compute depreciation based on the estimated service lives of our assets as determined from 

74 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
the analysis of our depreciation studies.  Changes in the estimated service lives of our assets and their 
related depreciation rates are implemented prospectively. 

Under  group  depreciation,  the  historical  cost  (net  of  salvage)  of  depreciable  property  that  is  retired  or 
replaced in the ordinary course of business is charged to accumulated depreciation and no gain or loss is 
recognized.  The historical cost of certain track assets is estimated using (i) inflation indices published by 
the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  and  (ii)  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  as  determined  by  our 
depreciation  studies.    The  indices  were  selected  because  they  closely  correlate  with  the  major  costs  of 
the  properties  comprising  the  applicable  track  asset  classes.    Because  of  the  number  of  estimates 
inherent in the depreciation and retirement processes and because it is impossible to precisely estimate 
each  of  these  variables  until  a  group  of  property  is  completely  retired,  we  continually  monitor  the 
estimated service lives of our assets and the accumulated depreciation associated with each asset class 
to  ensure  our  depreciation  rates  are  appropriate.  In  addition,  we  determine  if  the  recorded  amount  of 
accumulated depreciation is deficient (or in excess) of the amount indicated by our depreciation studies. 
Any  deficiency  (or  excess)  is  amortized  as  a  component  of  depreciation  expense  over  the  remaining 
service lives of the applicable classes of assets.   

For  retirements  of  depreciable  railroad  properties  that  do  not  occur  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  a 
gain  or  loss  may  be  recognized  if  the  retirement  meets  each  of  the  following  three  conditions:  (i)  is 
unusual, (ii) is material in amount, and (iii) varies significantly from the retirement profile identified through 
our depreciation studies.  A gain or loss is recognized in other income when we sell land or dispose of 
assets that are not part of our railroad operations.   

When we purchase an asset, we capitalize all costs necessary to make the asset ready for its intended 
use.  However, many of our assets are self-constructed.  A large portion of our capital expenditures is for 
replacement  of  existing  track  assets  and  other  road  properties,  which  is  typically  performed  by  our 
employees, and for track line expansion and other capacity projects.  Costs that are directly attributable to 
capital projects (including overhead costs) are capitalized.  Direct costs that are capitalized as part of self-
constructed  assets  include  material,  labor,  and  work  equipment.    Indirect  costs  are  capitalized  if  they 
clearly relate to the construction of the asset.   

General and administrative expenditures are expensed as incurred. Normal repairs and maintenance are 
also expensed as incurred, while costs incurred that extend the useful life of an asset, improve the safety 
of  our  operations  or  improve  operating  efficiency  are  capitalized.  These  costs  are  allocated  using 
appropriate  statistical  bases.  Total  expense  for  repairs  and  maintenance  incurred  was  $2.4  billion  for 
2014, $2.3 billion for 2013, and $2.1 billion for 2012. 

Assets held under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the net present value of the minimum lease 
payments  or  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  asset  at  the  inception  of  the  lease.  Amortization  expense  is 
computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the 
period of the related lease. 

13. Accounts Payable and Other Current Liabilities 

 Millions 
 Accounts payable 
 Dividends payable 
 Income and other taxes payable 
 Accrued wages and vacation 
 Accrued casualty costs 
 Interest payable 
 Equipment rents payable  
 Other 

$

Dec. 31,
2014 
 877 
 438 
 412 
 409 
 249 
 178 
 100 
 640 

$

Dec. 31,
2013 
 803 
 356 
 491 
 385 
 207 
 169 
 96 
 579 

 Total accounts payable and other current liabilities 

$

 3,303 

$  3,086 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
14. Financial Instruments 

Strategy  and  Risk  –  We  may  use  derivative  financial  instruments  in  limited  instances  for  other  than 
trading  purposes  to  assist  in  managing  our  overall  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  and  fuel 
prices.  We  are  not  a  party  to  leveraged  derivatives  and,  by  policy,  do  not  use  derivative  financial 
instruments  for  speculative  purposes.  Derivative  financial  instruments  qualifying  for  hedge  accounting 
must  maintain  a  specified  level  of  effectiveness  between  the  hedging  instrument  and  the  item  being 
hedged,  both  at  inception  and  throughout  the  hedged  period.  We  formally  document  the  nature  and 
relationships  between  the  hedging  instruments  and  hedged  items  at  inception,  as  well  as  our  risk-
management  objectives,  strategies  for  undertaking  the  various  hedge  transactions,  and  method  of 
assessing hedge effectiveness. Changes in the fair market value of derivative financial instruments that 
do not qualify for hedge accounting are charged to earnings. We may use swaps, collars, futures, and/or 
forward contracts to mitigate the risk of adverse movements in interest rates and fuel prices; however, the 
use of these derivative financial instruments may limit future benefits from favorable interest rate and fuel 
price movements. 

Market and Credit Risk – We address market risk related to derivative financial instruments by selecting 
instruments  with  value  fluctuations  that  highly  correlate  with  the  underlying  hedged  item.  We  manage 
credit risk related to derivative financial instruments, which is minimal, by requiring high credit standards 
for  counterparties  and  periodic  settlements.  At  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  were  not  required  to 
provide collateral, nor had we received collateral, relating to our hedging activities. 

Interest Rate Fair Value Hedges – We manage our overall exposure to fluctuations in interest rates by 
adjusting the proportion of fixed and floating rate debt instruments within our debt portfolio over a given 
period.  We  generally  manage  the  mix  of  fixed  and  floating  rate  debt  through  the  issuance  of  targeted 
amounts  of  each  as  debt  matures  or  as  we  require  incremental  borrowings.  We  employ  derivatives, 
primarily  swaps,  as  one  of  the  tools  to  obtain  the  targeted  mix.  In  addition,  we  also  obtain  flexibility  in 
managing interest costs and the interest rate mix within our debt portfolio by evaluating the issuance of 
and managing outstanding callable fixed-rate debt securities.  

Swaps allow us to convert debt from fixed rates to variable rates and thereby hedge the risk of changes in 
the  debt’s  fair  value  attributable  to  the  changes  in  interest  rates.  We  account  for  swaps  as  fair  value 
hedges  using  the  short-cut  method;  therefore,  we  do  not  record  any  ineffectiveness  within  our 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  had  no  interest  rate  fair 
value hedges outstanding.  

Interest  Rate  Cash  Flow  Hedges  –  We  report  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  cash  flow  hedges  in 
accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  until  the  hedged  item  affects  earnings.  At  December  31,  2014, 
and  2013,  we  had  reductions  of  $0  and  $1  million,  respectively,  recorded  as  an  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  loss.  As  of  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  had  no  interest  rate  cash  flow  hedges 
outstanding.  

Earnings Impact – Our use of derivative financial instruments had no impact on pre-tax income for the 
years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012. 

Fair  Value  of  Financial  Instruments  –  The  fair  value  of  our  short-  and  long-term  debt  was  estimated 
using a market value price model, which utilizes applicable U.S. Treasury rates along with current market 
quotes  on  comparable  debt  securities.  All  of  the  inputs  used  to  determine  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s long-term debt are Level 2 inputs and obtained from an independent source. At December 
31, 2014, the fair value of total debt was $13.0 billion, approximately $1.5 billion more than the carrying 
value.    At  December  31,  2013,  the  fair  value  of  total  debt  was  $10.2  billion,  approximately  $0.6  billion 
more  than  the  carrying  value.  The  fair  value  of  the  Corporation’s  debt  is  a  measure  of  its  current  value 
under  present  market  conditions.  It  does  not  impact  the  financial  statements  under  current  accounting 
rules. At both December 31, 2014, and 2013, approximately $163 million of debt securities contained call 
provisions that allow us to retire the debt instruments prior to final maturity, with the payment of fixed call 
premiums, or in certain cases, at par.  The fair value of our cash equivalents approximates their carrying 
value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Debt 

Total debt as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, is summarized below: 

 Millions 
 Notes and debentures, 2.3% to 7.9% due through 2054 
 Capitalized leases, 3.1% to 8.4% due through 2028 
 Equipment obligations, 3.2% to 6.7% due through 2031 
 Receivables Securitization (Note 11) 
 Term loans - floating rate, due in 2016 
 Mortgage bonds, 4.8% due through 2030 
 Medium-term notes, 9.3% to 10.0% due through 2020 
 Tax-exempt financings - floating rate, due in 2015 
 Unamortized discount 

 Total debt 

 Less: current portion 

 Total long-term debt 

$

$

2014 
 9,266 
 1,520 
 597 
 400 
 200 
 57 
 23 
 8 
 (591)

 11,480 

 (462)

2013 
 8,068 
 1,702 
 110 
 - 
 200 
 57 
 32 
 12 
 (604)

 9,577 

 (705)

$

 11,018 

$

 8,872 

Debt  Maturities  –  The  following  table  presents  aggregate  debt  maturities  as  of  December  31,  2014, 
excluding market value adjustments:  

 Millions 
 2015 
 2016 
 2017 
 2018 
 2019 
 Thereafter 

 Total debt 

$

 462 
 606 
 1,065 
 578 
 652 
 8,117 

$  11,480 

Equipment  Encumbrances  –  Equipment  with  a  carrying  value  of  approximately  $2.8  billion  and  $2.9 
billion  at  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  respectively,  served  as  collateral  for  capital  leases  and  other 
types of equipment obligations in accordance with the secured financing arrangements utilized to acquire 
such railroad equipment.  

As a result of the merger of Missouri Pacific Railroad Company (MPRR) with and into UPRR on January 
1, 1997, and pursuant to the underlying indentures for the MPRR mortgage bonds, UPRR must maintain 
the  same  value  of  assets  after  the  merger  in  order  to  comply  with  the  security  requirements  of  the 
mortgage bonds. As of the merger date, the value of the MPRR assets that secured the mortgage bonds 
was approximately $6.0 billion. In accordance with the terms of the indentures, this collateral value must 
be  maintained  during  the  entire  term  of  the  mortgage  bonds  irrespective  of  the  outstanding  balance  of 
such bonds. 

Credit  Facilities  –  During  the  second  quarter  of  2014,  we  replaced  our  $1.8  billion  revolving  credit 
facility,  which  was  scheduled  to  expire  in  May  2015,  with  a  new  $1.7  billion  facility  that  expires  in  May 
2019  (the  facility).  The  facility  is  based  on  substantially  similar  terms  as  those  in  the  previous  credit 
facility.  On  December  31,  2014,  we  had  $1.7  billion  of  credit  available  under  the  facility,  which  is 
designated for general corporate purposes and supports the issuance of commercial paper. We did not 
draw  on  either  facility  at  any  time  during  2014.  Commitment  fees  and  interest  rates  payable  under  the 
facility  are  similar  to  fees  and  rates  available  to  comparably  rated,  investment-grade  borrowers.  The 
facility allows for borrowings at floating rates based on London Interbank Offered Rates, plus a spread, 
depending upon credit ratings for our senior unsecured debt. 

The  facility  requires  that  the  Corporation  maintain  a  debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio  as  a  condition  to 
making a borrowing. At December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013 (and at all times during the year), 
we  were  in  compliance  with  this  covenant.  The  definition  of  debt  used  for  purposes  of  calculating  the 
debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio  includes,  among  other  things,  certain  credit  arrangements,  capital 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
leases, guarantees and unfunded and vested pension benefits under Title IV of ERISA. At December 31, 
2014, the debt-to-net-worth coverage ratio allowed us to carry up to $42.4 billion of debt (as defined in the 
facility), and we had $11.6 billion of debt (as defined in the facility) outstanding at that date.  Under our 
current  capital  plans,  we  expect  to  continue  to  satisfy  the  debt-to-net-worth  coverage  ratio;  however, 
many  factors  beyond  our  reasonable  control  could  affect  our  ability  to  comply  with  this  provision  in  the 
future. The facility does not include any other financial restrictions, credit rating triggers (other than rating-
dependent pricing), or any other provision that could require us to post collateral. The facility also includes 
a $125 million cross-default provision and a change-of-control provision. 

During 2014, we did not issue or repay any commercial paper, and at December 31, 2014, and 2013, we 
had no commercial paper outstanding. Our revolving credit facility supports our outstanding commercial 
paper  balances,  and,  unless  we  change  the  terms  of  our  commercial  paper  program,  our  aggregate 
issuance of commercial paper will not exceed the amount of borrowings available under the facility.  

Dividend Restrictions – Our revolving credit facility includes a debt-to-net worth covenant (discussed in 
the  Credit  Facilities  section  above)  that,  under  certain  circumstances,  restricts  the  payment  of  cash 
dividends to our shareholders. The amount of retained earnings available for dividends was $15.4 billion 
and $16.3 billion at December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

Shelf Registration Statement and Significant New Borrowings – Under our current shelf registration, 
we may issue, from time to time, any combination of debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, or 
warrants for debt securities or preferred stock in one or more offerings. We have no immediate plans to 
issue  equity  securities;  however,  we  will  continue  to  explore  opportunities  to  replace  existing  debt  or 
access capital through issuances of debt securities under our shelf registration, and, therefore, we may 
issue additional debt securities at any time. 

During  2014,  we  issued  the  following  unsecured,  fixed-rate  debt  securities  under  our  current  shelf 
registration: 

 Date 
 January 10, 2014 

 August 12, 2014 

Description of Securities 
$300 million of 2.25% Notes due February 15, 2019 
$400 million of 3.75% Notes due March 15, 2024 
$300 million of 4.85% Notes due June 15, 2044 
$350 million of 3.25% Notes due January 15, 2025 
$350 million of 4.15% Notes due January 15, 2045 

We used the net proceeds from the offerings for general corporate purposes, including the repurchase of 
common  stock  pursuant  to  our  share  repurchase  program.  These  debt  securities  include  change-of-
control provisions. At December 31, 2014, we had remaining authority to issue up to $1.15 billion of debt 
securities under our shelf registration. 

Subsequent  Event  -  In  2015,  we  issued  the  following  unsecured,  fixed-rate  debt  securities  under  our 
current shelf registration: 

 Date 
 January 29, 2015 

Description of Securities 
$250 million of 1.80% Notes due February 1, 2020 
$450 million of 3.375% Notes due February 1, 2035 
$450 million of 3.875% Notes due February 1, 2055 

Proceeds  from  this  offering  are  for  general  corporate  purposes,  including  the  repurchase  of  common 
stock  pursuant  to  our  share  repurchase  program.  These  debt  securities  include  change-of-control 
provisions. This offering exhausted our current authority to issue debt securities under our existing shelf 
registration. 

On February 5, 2015, the Board of Directors approved proceeding with a new shelf registration statement 
and authorized the issuance of up to $4.0 billion of debt securities. 

Equipment Trust – On May 20, 2014, UPRR consummated a pass-through (P/T) financing, whereby a 
P/T  trust  was  created,  which  issued  $500  million  of  P/T  trust  certificates  with  a  stated  interest  rate  of 
3.227%. The P/T trust certificates will mature on May 14, 2026. The proceeds from the issuance of the 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
P/T  trust  certificates  (net  of  $3  million  in  transaction  fees)  were  used  to  purchase  equipment  trust 
certificates  to  be  issued  by  UPRR  to  finance  the  acquisition  of  245  locomotives.  The  equipment  trust 
certificates are secured by a lien on the locomotives. 

Debt Exchange – On August 21, 2013, we exchanged $1,170 million of various outstanding notes and 
debentures due between 2016 and 2040 (the Existing Notes) for $439 million of 3.646% notes (the New 
2024  Notes)  due  February  15,  2024  and  $700  million  of  4.821%  notes  (the  New  2044  Notes)  due 
February  1,  2044,  plus  cash  consideration  of  approximately  $280  million  in  addition  to  $8  million  for 
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  on  the  Existing  Notes.    In  accordance  with  ASC  470-50-40,  Debt-
Modifications  and  Extinguishments-Derecognition,  this  transaction  was  accounted  for  as  a  debt 
exchange, as the exchanged debt instruments are not considered to be substantially different.  The cash 
consideration  was  recorded  as  an  adjustment  to  the  carrying  value  of  debt,  and  the  balance  of  the 
unamortized  discount  and  issue  costs  from  the  Existing  Notes  is  being  amortized  as  an  adjustment  of 
interest expense over the terms of the New 2024 Notes and the New 2044 Notes.  No gain or loss was 
recognized as a result of the exchange.  Costs related to the debt exchange that were payable to parties 
other than the debt holders totaled approximately $9 million and were included in interest expense during 
the three months ended September 30, 2013. 

The following table lists the outstanding notes and debentures that were exchanged: 

 Millions 
The 2024 Offers 
     7.000% Debentures due 2016 
     5.650% Notes due 2017 
     5.750% Notes due 2017 
     5.700% Notes due 2018 
     7.875% Notes due 2019 
     6.125% Notes due 2020 

The 2044 Offers 
     7.125% Debentures due 2028 
     6.625% Debentures due 2029 
     6.250% Debentures due 2034 
     6.150% Debentures due 2037 
     5.780% Notes due 2040 

 Total 

Principal amount
exchanged

$ 

 8 
 38 
 70 
 103 
 20 
 238 

 73 
 177 
 19 
 138 
 286 

$ 

 1,170 

Debt  Redemption  –  On  May  14,  2013,  we  redeemed  all  $40  million  of  our  outstanding  5.65%  Port  of 
Corpus Christi Authority Revenue Refunding Bonds due December 1, 2022.  The redemption resulted in 
an early extinguishment charge of $1 million in the second quarter of 2013.   

Receivables  Securitization  Facility  –  As  of  December  31,  2014  and  2013,  we  recorded  $400  million 
and  $0  of  borrowings  under  our  receivables  securitization  facility,  respectively,  as  secured  debt.  (See 
further discussion of our receivables securitization facility in Note 11). 

16. Variable Interest Entities   

We  have  entered  into  various  lease  transactions  in  which  the  structure  of  the  leases  contain  variable 
interest  entities  (VIEs).  These  VIEs  were  created  solely  for  the  purpose  of  doing  lease  transactions 
(principally  involving  railroad  equipment  and  facilities)  and  have  no  other  activities,  assets  or  liabilities 
outside of the lease transactions.  Within these lease arrangements, we have the right to purchase some 
or all of the assets at fixed prices. Depending on market conditions, fixed-price purchase options available 
in  the  leases  could  potentially  provide  benefits  to  us;  however,  these  benefits  are  not  expected  to  be 
significant. 

We  maintain  and  operate  the  assets  based  on  contractual  obligations  within  the  lease  arrangements, 
which  set  specific  guidelines  consistent  within  the  railroad  industry.  As  such,  we  have  no  control  over 
activities  that  could  materially  impact  the  fair  value  of  the  leased  assets.  We  do  not  hold  the  power  to 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
direct the activities of the VIEs and, therefore, do not control the ongoing activities that have a significant 
impact on the economic performance of the VIEs. Additionally, we do not have the obligation to absorb 
losses of the VIEs or the right to receive benefits of  the  VIEs  that  could  potentially  be  significant  to  the 
VIEs.  

We  are  not  considered  to  be  the  primary  beneficiary  and  do  not  consolidate  these  VIEs  because  our 
actions and decisions do not have the most significant effect on the VIE’s performance and our fixed-price 
purchase options are not considered to be potentially significant to the VIEs.  The future minimum lease 
payments associated with the VIE leases totaled $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2014. 

17. Leases 

We lease certain locomotives, freight cars, and other property. The Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Position as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 included $2,454 million, net of $1,210 million of accumulated 
depreciation,  and  $2,486  million,  net  of  $1,092  million  of  accumulated  depreciation,  respectively,  for 
properties held under capital leases. A charge to income resulting from the depreciation for assets held 
under capital leases is included within depreciation expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income. 
Future minimum lease payments for operating and capital leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable 
lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2014, were as follows: 

Millions 
 2015 
 2016 
 2017 
 2018 
 2019 
 Later years 

 Total minimum lease payments 

 Amount representing interest 

 Present value of minimum lease payments 

$

Operating
Leases
 508 
 484 
 429 
 356 
 323 
 1,625 

$

Capital 
Leases
 253 
 249 
 246 
 224 
 210 
 745 

$  3,725 

$  1,927 

N/A  

N/A

 (407)

$  1,520 

Approximately  95%  of  capital  lease  payments  relate  to  locomotives.  Rent  expense  for  operating  leases 
with terms exceeding one month was $593 million in 2014, $618 million in 2013, and $631 million in 2012. 
When cash rental payments are not made on a straight-line basis, we recognize variable rental expense 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rentals and sub-rentals are not significant. 

18. Commitments and Contingencies 

Asserted and Unasserted Claims – Various claims and lawsuits are pending against us and certain of 
our  subsidiaries.  We  cannot  fully  determine  the  effect  of  all  asserted  and  unasserted  claims  on  our 
consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity; however, to the extent possible, where 
asserted  and  unasserted  claims  are  considered  probable  and  where  such  claims  can  be  reasonably 
estimated, we have recorded a liability. We do not expect that any known lawsuits, claims, environmental 
costs,  commitments,  contingent  liabilities,  or  guarantees  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
consolidated  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  or  liquidity  after  taking  into  account  liabilities  and 
insurance recoveries previously recorded for these matters. 

Personal  Injury  –  The  cost  of  personal  injuries  to  employees  and  others  related  to  our  activities  is 
charged to expense based on estimates of the ultimate cost and number of incidents each year. We use 
an  actuarial  analysis  to  measure  the  expense  and  liability,  including  unasserted  claims.  The  Federal 
Employers’ Liability Act (FELA) governs compensation for work-related accidents. Under FELA, damages 
are  assessed  based  on  a  finding  of  fault  through  litigation  or  out-of-court  settlements.  We  offer  a 
comprehensive variety of services and rehabilitation programs for employees who are injured at work.  

Our  personal  injury  liability  is  not  discounted  to  present  value  due  to  the  uncertainty  surrounding  the 
timing  of  future  payments.  Approximately  93%  of  the  recorded  liability  is  related  to  asserted  claims  and 
approximately  7%  is  related  to  unasserted  claims  at  December  31,  2014.  Because  of  the  uncertainty 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
surrounding the ultimate outcome of personal injury claims, it is reasonably possible that future costs to 
settle these claims may range from approximately $335 million to $368 million. We record an accrual at 
the  low  end  of  the  range  as  no  amount  of  loss  within  the  range  is  more  probable  than  any  other.  
Estimates can vary over time due to evolving trends in litigation.  

Our personal injury liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Current year accruals 
 Changes in estimates for prior years 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

2014 
 294 
 96 
 9 
 (64)

 335 

 111 

$

$

$

2013 
334 
 87 
 (38)
 (89)

 294 

 82 

$

$

$

2012 
368 
 121 
 (58)
 (97)

 334 

 95 

$

$

$

In  conjunction  with  the  liability  update  performed  in  2014,  we  also  reassessed  our  estimated  insurance 
recoveries. We have recognized an asset for estimated insurance recoveries at December 31, 2014, and 
2013. 

Asbestos  –  We  are  a  defendant  in  a  number  of  lawsuits  in  which  current  and  former  employees  and 
other parties allege exposure to asbestos. We assess our potential liability using a statistical analysis of 
resolution  costs  for  asbestos-related  claims.    This  liability  is  updated  annually  and  excludes  future 
defense and processing costs. The liability for resolving both asserted and unasserted claims was based 
on the following assumptions:  

  The ratio of future claims by alleged disease would be consistent with historical averages 

adjusted for inflation. 

  The number of claims filed against us will decline each year.  
  The average settlement values for asserted and unasserted claims will be equivalent to historical 

averages.  

  The percentage of claims dismissed in the future will be equivalent to historical averages.  

Our  liability  for  asbestos-related  claims  is  not  discounted  to  present  value  due  to  the  uncertainty 
surrounding the timing of future payments. Approximately 21% of the recorded liability related to asserted 
claims  and  approximately  79%  related  to  unasserted  claims  at  December  31,  2014.    Because  of  the 
uncertainty  surrounding  the  ultimate  outcome  of  asbestos-related  claims,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that 
future costs to settle these claims may range from approximately $126 million to $135 million.  We record 
an accrual at the low end of the range as no amount of loss within the range is more probable than any 
other.  

Our asbestos-related liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Accruals/(Credits) 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

2014 
 131 
 1 
 (6)

 126 

 8 

$

$

$

2013 
 139 
 2 
 (10)

 131 

 9 

$

$

$

2012 
 147 
 (2)
 (6)

 139 

 8 

$

$

$

In  conjunction  with  the  liability  update  performed  in  2014,  we  also  reassessed  our  estimated  insurance 
recoveries. We have recognized an asset for estimated insurance recoveries at December 31, 2014, and 
2013.  The amounts recorded for asbestos-related liabilities and related insurance recoveries were based 
on  currently  known  facts.  However,  future  events,  such  as  the  number  of  new  claims  filed  each  year, 
average  settlement  costs,  and  insurance  coverage  issues,  could  cause  the  actual  costs  and  insurance 
recoveries  to  be  higher  or  lower  than  the  projected  amounts.  Estimates  also  may  vary  in  the  future  if 
strategies,  activities,  and  outcomes  of  asbestos  litigation  materially  change;  federal  and  state  laws 
governing  asbestos  litigation  increase  or  decrease  the  probability  or  amount  of  compensation  of 

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
claimants;  and  there  are  material  changes  with  respect  to  payments  made  to  claimants  by  other 
defendants.  

Environmental Costs – We are subject to federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations. 
We  have  identified  270  sites  at  which  we  are  or  may  be  liable  for  remediation  costs  associated  with 
alleged contamination or for violations of environmental requirements. This includes 29 sites that are the 
subject  of  actions  taken  by  the  U.S.  government,  16  of  which  are  currently  on  the  Superfund  National 
Priorities List. Certain federal legislation imposes joint and several liability for the remediation of identified 
sites;  consequently,  our  ultimate  environmental  liability  may  include  costs  relating  to  activities  of  other 
parties, in addition to costs relating to our own activities at each site.  

When  we  identify  an  environmental  issue  with  respect  to  property  owned,  leased,  or  otherwise  used  in 
our  business,  we  perform,  with  assistance  of  our  consultants,  environmental  assessments  on  the 
property. We expense the cost of the assessments as incurred. We accrue the cost of remediation where 
our obligation is probable and such costs can be reasonably estimated. Our environmental liability is not 
discounted to present value due to the uncertainty surrounding the timing of future payments.   

Our environmental liability activity was as follows: 

 Millions 
 Beginning balance 
 Accruals 
 Payments 

 Ending balance at December 31 

 Current portion, ending balance at December 31 

2014 
 171 
 56 
 (45)

 182 

 60 

$

$

$

2013 
 170 
 58 
 (57)

 171 

 53 

$

$

$

2012 
 172 
 48 
 (50)

 170 

 50 

$

$

$

The  environmental  liability  includes  future  costs  for  remediation  and  restoration  of  sites,  as  well  as 
ongoing monitoring costs, but excludes any anticipated recoveries from third parties. Cost estimates are 
based on information available for each site, financial viability of other potentially responsible parties, and 
existing  technology,  laws,  and  regulations.  The  ultimate  liability  for  remediation  is  difficult  to  determine 
because  of  the  number  of  potentially  responsible  parties,  site-specific  cost  sharing  arrangements  with 
other  potentially  responsible  parties,  the  degree  of  contamination  by  various  wastes,  the  scarcity  and 
quality  of  volumetric  data  related  to  many  of  the  sites,  and  the  speculative  nature  of  remediation  costs. 
Estimates  of  liability  may  vary  over  time  due  to  changes  in  federal,  state,  and  local  laws  governing 
environmental remediation. Current obligations are not expected to have a material adverse effect on our 
consolidated results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity.  

Insurance – The Company has a consolidated, wholly-owned captive insurance subsidiary (the captive), 
that provides insurance coverage for certain risks including FELA claims and property coverage which are 
subject  to  reinsurance.    The  captive  entered  into  annual  reinsurance  treaty  agreements  that  insure 
workers  compensation,  general  liability,  auto  liability  and  FELA  risk.  The  captive  cedes  a  portion  of  its 
FELA  exposure  through  the  treaty  and  assumes  a  proportionate  share  of  the  entire  risk.    The  captive 
receives direct premiums, which are netted against the Company’s premium costs in other expenses in 
the Consolidated Statements of Income. The treaty agreements provide for certain protections against the 
risk  of  treaty  participants’  non-performance,  and  we  do  not  believe  our  exposure  to  treaty  participants’ 
non-performance is material at this time. In the event the Company leaves the reinsurance program, the 
Company is not relieved of its primary obligation to the policyholders for activity prior to the termination of 
the treaty agreements. We record both liabilities and reinsurance receivables using an actuarial analysis 
based on historical experience in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. 

Guarantees  –  At  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  we  were  contingently  liable  for  $82  million  and  $299 
million in guarantees. We have recorded liabilities of $0.3 million and $1 million for the fair value of these 
obligations  as  of  December  31,  2014,  and  2013,  respectively.  We  entered  into  these  contingent 
guarantees  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  and  they  include  guaranteed  obligations  related  to  our 
equipment financings and affiliated operations. The final guarantee expires in 2022. We are not aware of 
any  existing  event  of  default  that  would  require  us  to  satisfy  these  guarantees.  We  do  not  expect  that 
these  guarantees  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  consolidated  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations, or liquidity. 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indemnities  –  Our  maximum  potential  exposure  under  indemnification  arrangements,  including  certain 
tax indemnifications, can range from a specified dollar amount to an unlimited amount, depending on the 
nature of the transactions and the agreements. Due to uncertainty as to whether claims will be made or 
how  they  will  be  resolved,  we  cannot  reasonably  determine  the  probability  of  an  adverse  claim  or 
reasonably  estimate  any  adverse  liability  or  the  total  maximum  exposure  under  these  indemnification 
arrangements.  We  do  not  have  any  reason  to  believe  that  we  will  be  required  to  make  any  material 
payments under these indemnity provisions. 

Gain  Contingency  –  UPRR  and  Santa  Fe  Pacific  Pipelines  (SFPP,  a  subsidiary  of  Kinder  Morgan 
Energy  Partners,  L.P.)  currently  are  engaged  in  a  proceeding  to  resolve  the  fair  market  rent  payable  to 
UPRR  commencing  on  January  1,  2004,  for  pipeline  easements  on  UPRR  rights-of-way  (Union  Pacific 
Railroad  Company  vs.  Santa  Fe  Pacific  Pipelines,  Inc.,  SFPP,  L.P.,  Kinder  Morgan  Operating  L.P.  “D” 
Kinder Morgan G.P., Inc., et al., Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles, 
filed July 28, 2004). In February 2007, a trial began to resolve this issue, and in May 2012, the trial judge 
rendered  an  opinion  establishing  the  fair  market  rent  and  entering  judgment  for  back  rent,  including 
prejudgment interest.  SFPP appealed the judgment.  On November 5, 2014, the Second District Circuit 
Court  of  Appeal  in  California  issued  an  opinion  holding  that  UPRR  was  not  entitled  to  collect  rent  from 
SFPP  for  easements  on  the  portions  of  the  property  acquired  solely  through  Federal  government  land 
grants  issued  during  the  1800s.    The  Appellate  Court  also  reversed  the  award  of  prejudgment  interest 
and remanded the case to the trial court.  A favorable final judgment may materially affect UPRR's results 
of operations in the period of any monetary recoveries.  Due to the uncertainty regarding the amount and 
timing of any recovery or any subsequent proceedings, we consider this a gain contingency and do not 
reflect any amounts in the Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2014. 

19.  Share Repurchase Program  

Effective January 1, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 120 million shares of 
our common stock by December 31, 2017, replacing our previous repurchase program. As of December 
31, 2014, we repurchased a total of $12.6 billion of our common stock since the commencement of our 
repurchase  programs  in  2007.    The  table  below  represents  shares  repurchased  in  2013  under  our 
previous repurchase program, and shares repurchased in 2014 under the new program. 

 First quarter 
 Second quarter  
 Third quarter  
 Fourth quarter 

 Total  

Number of Shares Purchased 
2013 
 5,762,800 
 6,122,940 
 7,333,788 
 9,858,110 

2014 
 7,640,000 
 8,320,000 
 8,347,000 
 7,736,400 

$

$ 

Average Price Paid 
2013 
 68.29 
 75.71 
 78.39 
 79.68 

2014  
 89.43  
 96.84  
 102.54  
 113.77  

 32,043,400 

 29,077,638 

$  100.65  

$ 

 76.26 

Remaining number of shares that may be repurchased under current authority 

87,956,600 

Management's assessments of market conditions and other pertinent facts guide the timing and volume 
of all repurchases.  We expect to fund any share repurchases under this program through cash generated 
from operations, the sale or lease of various operating and non-operating properties, debt issuances, and 
cash on hand.  Repurchased shares are recorded in treasury stock at cost, which includes any applicable 
commissions and fees. 

From January 1, 2015, through February 6, 2015, we repurchased 2.8 million shares at an aggregate cost 
of approximately $327 million. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Selected Quarterly Data (Unaudited) 

Millions, Except Per Share Amounts 

 2014 

 Operating revenues 
 Operating income 
 Net income 
 Net income per share: 
      Basic 
      Diluted 

Millions, Except Per Share Amounts 

 2013 

 Operating revenues 
 Operating income 
 Net income 
 Net income per share: 
      Basic 
      Diluted 

Mar. 31

Jun. 30

Sep. 30 

Dec. 31

$  5,638 
 1,854 
 1,088 

$  6,015 
 2,196 
 1,291 

$ 

 6,182  
 2,330  
 1,370  

$  6,153 
 2,373 
 1,431 

 1.20 
 1.19 

 1.43 
 1.43 

 1.53  
 1.53  

 1.62 
 1.61 

Mar. 31

Jun. 30

Sep. 30 

Dec. 31

$  5,290 
 1,633 
 957 

$  5,470 
 1,878 
 1,106 

$ 

 5,573  
 1,962  
 1,151  

$  5,630 
 1,973 
 1,174 

 1.02 
 1.02 

 1.19 
 1.18 

 1.25  
 1.24  

 1.28 
 1.27 

Per share net income for the four quarters combined may not equal the per share net income for the year 
due to rounding. 

84 

 
 
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
 
 
  
  
   
  
 
 
 
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Corporation carried out an evaluation, under the 
supervision and with the participation of the Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief 
Executive Officer (CEO) and Executive Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the 
effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures 
pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls 
and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed 
and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. Based 
upon that evaluation, the CEO and the CFO concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this 
report,  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  provide  reasonable 
assurance that information required to be disclosed in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, 
summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  by  the  SEC,  and  that  such  information  is 
accumulated  and  communicated  to  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  as  appropriate,  to  allow 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  

Additionally,  the  CEO  and  CFO  determined  that  there  were  no  changes  to  the  Corporation’s  internal 
control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) during the last 
fiscal  quarter  that  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Corporation’s 
internal control over financial reporting.  

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING 

The  management  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation  and  Subsidiary  Companies  (the  Corporation)  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined 
in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). The Corporation’s internal control system was designed 
to provide reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and Board of Directors regarding the 
preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.  

All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations.  Therefore,  even 
those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial 
statement preparation and presentation.  

The  Corporation’s  management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, it used the criteria set forth by 
the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in  Internal  Control  – 
Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 
2014, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.  

The Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm has issued an attestation report on the 
effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on the next 
page. 

February 5, 2015 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Union Pacific Corporation 
Omaha, Nebraska 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary 
Companies (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control 
— Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission. The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Annual  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial 
reporting based on our audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material 
respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision 
of,  the  company's  principal  executive  and  principal  financial  officers,  or  persons  performing  similar 
functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial 
statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  A 
company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and 
dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are 
recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only 
in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of 
collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may 
not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of 
the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may 
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2014,  based  on  the  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated 
Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

We  have  also  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  of  the  Corporation  and  our  report  dated  February  6,  2015 
expressed  an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule. 

Omaha, Nebraska 
February 6, 2015 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9B. Other Information 

None. 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance 

(a)  Directors of Registrant.  

PART III 

Information  as  to  the  names,  ages,  positions  and  offices  with  UPC,  terms  of  office,  periods  of 
service, business experience during the past five years and certain other directorships held by each 
director  or  person  nominated  to  become  a  director  of  UPC  is  set  forth  in  the  Election  of  Directors 
segment of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Information  concerning  our  Audit  Committee  and  the  independence  of  its  members,  along  with 
information about the audit committee financial expert(s) serving on the Audit Committee, is set forth 
in the Audit Committee segment of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

(b)  Executive Officers of Registrant.  

Information  concerning  the  executive  officers  of  UPC  and  its  subsidiaries  is  presented  in  Part  I  of 
this  report  under  Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant  and  Principal  Executive  Officers  of 
Subsidiaries.  

(c)  Section 16(a) Compliance.  

Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is set 
forth  in  the  Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance  segment  of  the  Proxy 
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

(d)  Code of Ethics for Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers of Registrant. 

The Board of Directors of UPC has adopted the UPC Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer 
and Senior Financial Officers (the Code). A copy of the Code may be found on the Internet at our 
website www.up.com/investors/governance. We intend to disclose any amendments to the Code or 
any waiver from a provision of the Code on our website.  

Item 11. Executive Compensation 

Information  concerning  compensation  received  by  our  directors  and  our  named  executive  officers  is 
presented in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, Summary Compensation Table, Grants of Plan-
Based  Awards  in  Fiscal  Year  2014,  Outstanding  Equity  Awards  at  2014  Fiscal  Year-End,  Option 
Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal Year 2014, Pension Benefits at 2014 Fiscal Year-End, Nonqualified 
Deferred  Compensation  at  2014  Fiscal  Year-End,  Potential  Payments  Upon  Termination  or  Change  in 
Control  and  Director  Compensation  in  Fiscal  Year  2014  segments  of  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is 
incorporated  herein  by  reference.  Additional  information  regarding  compensation  of  directors,  including 
Board  committee  members,  is  set  forth  in  the  By-Laws  of  UPC  and  the  Stock  Unit  Grant  and  Deferred 
Compensation  Plan  for  the  Board  of  Directors,  both  of  which  are  included  as  exhibits  to  this  report. 
Information  regarding  the  Compensation  and  Benefits  Committee  is  set  forth  in  the  Compensation 
Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation  and  Compensation  Committee  Report  segments  of  the 
Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related      

Stockholder Matters 

Information as to the number of shares of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors 
and nominees for director, our named executive officers, our directors and executive officers as a group, 
and  certain  beneficial  owners  is  set  forth  in  the  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and 
Management segment of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans under which UPC common stock may be 
issued as of December 31, 2014:  

Column (a) 

Column (b) 

Column (c) 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a))

 7,948,925 

[1]

 7,948,925    

$

$

 53.54 

[2] 

 77,786,772 

 53.54    

 77,786,772 

 Plan Category 
 Equity compensation plans approved  
   by security holders  

 Total  

[1] 

Includes 2,562,412 retention units that do not have an exercise price. Does not include 2,466,275 retention shares that have 
been issued and are outstanding.  

[2]  Does not include the retention units or retention shares described above in footnote 1.  

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Information on related transactions is set forth in the Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and 
Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation  segments  of  the  Proxy  Statement  and  is 
incorporated herein by reference. We do not have any relationship with any outside third party that would 
enable such a party to negotiate terms of a material transaction that may not be available to, or available 
from, other parties on an arm’s-length basis.  

Information  regarding  the  independence  of  our  directors  is  set  forth  in  the  Director  Independence 
segment of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information  concerning  the  fees  billed  by  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  and  the 
nature of services comprising the fees for each of the two most recent fiscal years in each of the following 
categories:  (i)  audit  fees,  (ii)  audit-related  fees,  (iii)  tax  fees,  and  (iv)  all  other  fees,  is  set  forth  in  the 
Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm’s  Fees  and  Services  segment  of  the  Proxy  Statement 
and is incorporated herein by reference.  

Information concerning our Audit Committee’s policies and procedures pertaining to pre-approval of audit 
and non-audit services rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm is set forth in the 
Audit Committee segment of the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules, and Exhibits:  

(1)  Financial Statements  

The  financial  statements  filed  as  part  of  this  filing  are  listed  on  the  index  to  the  Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data, Item 8, on page 50.  

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules  

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts  

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required 
or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Item 8, or notes thereto.  

(3)  Exhibits  

Exhibits are listed in the exhibit index beginning on page 93. The exhibits include management 
contracts, compensatory plans and arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to the Form 
10-K by Item 601 (10) (iii) of Regulation S-K.  

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on 
this 6th day of February, 2015. 

UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 

By   /s/ Lance M. Fritz                       

Lance M. Fritz, 
President and  
Chief Executive Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below, 
on this 6th day of February, 2015, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities 
indicated. 

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 
AND DIRECTOR: 

/s/ Lance M. Fritz                         
Lance M. Fritz, 
   President and  
   Chief Executive Officer 

Union Pacific Corporation 

/s/ Robert M. Knight, Jr.                        
Robert M. Knight, Jr.,  
Executive Vice President - Finance  
and Chief Financial Officer 

/s/ Jeffrey P. Totusek                                   
Jeffrey P. Totusek,  
Vice President and Controller 

Michael R. McCarthy* 
Michael W. McConnell* 
Thomas F. McLarty III* 
Steven R. Rogel* 
Jose H. Villarreal* 

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER:  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING OFFICER: 

DIRECTORS: 

Andrew H. Card, Jr.* 
Erroll B. Davis, Jr.* 
David B. Dillon* 
Judith Richards Hope* 
John J. Koraleski* 
Charles C. Krulak* 

* By /s/ James J. Theisen, Jr.                
      James J. Theisen, Jr., Attorney-in-fact 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SCHEDULE II – VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

 Millions, for the Years Ended December 31, 
 Allowance for doubtful accounts: 
      Balance, beginning of period  
      Charges/(reduction) to expense  
      Net recoveries/(write-offs)  

 Balance, end of period  

 Allowance for doubtful accounts are presented in the 
   Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as follows: 
      Current  
      Long-term  

 Balance, end of period  

 Accrued casualty costs: 
      Balance, beginning of period  
      Charges to expense  
      Cash payments and other reductions  

 Balance, end of period  

 Accrued casualty costs are presented in the 
   Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as follows: 
      Current  
      Long-term  

 Balance, end of period  

2014 

2013 

2012 

$

$

$

$

$

 23 
 5 
 (7)

 21 

 5 
 16 

 21 

 702 
 256 
 (201)

$

 37 
 (4)
 (10)

 23 

$

$

$

$

 1 
 22 

 23 

 734 
 188 
 (220)

 50 
 (1)
 (12)

 37 

 4 
 33 

 37 

 778 
 190 
 (234)

 757 

$

 702 

$

 734 

 249 
 508 

 757 

$

$

 207 
 495 

 702 

$

$

 213 
 521 

 734 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

92 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 
Exhibit Index 

Exhibit No.   

Description 

Filed with this Statement 

10(a) 

10(b) 

10(c) 

12 

21 

23 

24 

31(a) 

31(b) 

32 

101 

Form of Performance Stock Unit Agreement dated February 5, 2015. 

Form of Stock Unit Agreement for Executives dated February 5, 2015. 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for Executives dated February 5, 
2015. 

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 

List  of  the  Corporation’s  significant  subsidiaries  and  their  respective  states  of 
incorporation. 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent. 

Powers of attorney executed by the directors of UPC. 

Certifications  Pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a),  of  the  Exchange  Act,  as  Adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 – Lance M. Fritz. 

Certifications  Pursuant  to  Rule  13a-14(a),  of  the  Exchange  Act,  as  Adopted 
pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 - Robert M. Knight, 
Jr. 

Certifications  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  Adopted  pursuant  to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 – Lance M. Fritz and Robert M. 
Knight, Jr. 

eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language 
(XBRL)  documents  submitted 
electronically:  101.INS  (XBRL  Instance  Document),  101.SCH  (XBRL  Taxonomy 
Extension  Schema  Document),  101.CAL 
(XBRL  Calculation  Linkbase 
Document),  101.LAB  (XBRL  Taxonomy  Label  Linkbase  Document),  101.DEF 
(XBRL  Taxonomy  Definition  Linkbase  Document)  and  101.PRE 
(XBRL 
Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document). The following financial and related 
information from Union Pacific Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2014  (filed  with  the  SEC  on  February  6,  2015),  is 
formatted  in  XBRL  and  submitted  electronically  herewith:    (i)  Consolidated 
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, 
(ii)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Financial 
Position  at  December  31,  2014  and  December  31,  2013,  (iv)  Consolidated 
Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and 
2012, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Common Shareholders’ Equity 
for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2014,  2013  and  2012,  and  (vi)  the  Notes  to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements.   

Incorporated by Reference 

3(a) 

Restated  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  UPC,  as  amended  and  restated  through 
June  27,  2011,  and  as  further  amended  May  15,  2014,  are  incorporated  herein 
by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 2014. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3(b) 

4(a) 

4(b) 

4(c) 

4(d) 

4(e) 

4(f) 

4(g) 

4(h) 

4(i) 

4(j) 

10(d) 

10(e) 

10(f) 

By-Laws  of  UPC,  as  amended,  effective May 14, 2009, are incorporated herein 
by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.2  to  the  Corporation’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K 
dated May 15, 2009. 

Indenture, dated as of December 20, 1996, between UPC and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as successor to Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, is incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to UPC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 
(No. 333-18345). 

Indenture, dated as of April 1, 1999, between UPC and The Bank of New York, 
as successor to JP Morgan Chase Bank, formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, 
as  Trustee,  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  UPC’s 
Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 333-75989). 

Form of 2.250% Note due 2019 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2014. 

Form of 3.750% Note due 2024 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2014. 

Form of 4.850% Note due 2044 is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2014. 

Form of 3.250% Note due 2025 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2014. 

Form of 4.150% Note due 2045 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 12, 2014. 

Form of 1.800% Note due 2020 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2015. 

Form of 3.375% Note due 2035 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2015. 

Form of 3.875% Note due 2055 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 28, 2015. 

Certain  instruments  evidencing  long-term  indebtedness  of  UPC  are  not  filed  as 
exhibits because the total amount of securities authorized under any single such 
instrument does not exceed 10% of the Corporation’s total consolidated assets. 
UPC agrees to furnish the Commission with a copy of any such instrument upon 
request by the Commission.  

Supplemental Thrift Plan (409A Non-Grandfathered Component) of Union Pacific 
Corporation, as amended March 1, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(c) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended March 31, 2013. 

Supplemental  Thrift  Plan  (409A  Grandfathered  Component)  of  Union  Pacific 
Corporation, as amended March 1, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(d) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended March 31, 2013. 

Supplemental Pension Plan for Officers and Managers (409A Non-Grandfathered 
Component) of Union Pacific Corporation and Affiliates, as amended February 1, 
2013, and March 1, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to 
the  Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March 
31, 2013. 

10(g) 

Supplemental  Pension  Plan  for  Officers  and  Managers  (409A  Grandfathered 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10(h) 

10(i) 

10(j) 

10(k) 

10(l) 

10(m) 

10(n) 

10(o) 

10(p) 

10(q) 

10(r) 

10(s) 

Component) of Union Pacific Corporation and Affiliates, as amended February 1, 
2013,  and  March  1,  2013  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(f)  to 
the  Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  March 
31, 2013. 

Union Pacific Corporation Key Employee Continuity Plan, as amended February 
5, 2015, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Union  Pacific  Corporation  Executive  Incentive  Plan,  effective  May  5,  2005, 
amended  and  restated  effective  January  1,  2009,  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(g)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Deferred Compensation Plan (409A Grandfathered Component) of Union Pacific 
Corporation, as amended March 1, 2013, is incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10(b) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter 
ended March 31, 2013. 

Deferred  Compensation  Plan  (409A  Non-Grandfathered  Component)  of  Union 
Pacific Corporation, as amended December 17, 2013, is incorporated herein by 
reference  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2013. 

1992  Restricted  Stock  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors  of  Union  Pacific 
Corporation,  as  amended  as  of  January  28,  1993,  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated 
March 16, 1993. 

Union Pacific Corporation 2000 Directors Plan, effective as of April 21, 2000, as 
amended  November  16,  2006,  January  30,  2007  and  January  1,  2009  is 
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(j)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Union Pacific Corporation Stock Unit Grant and Deferred Compensation Plan for 
the  Board  of  Directors  (409A  Non-Grandfathered  Component),  effective  as  of 
January  1,  2009  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(k)  to  the 
Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2008. 

Union Pacific Corporation Stock Unit Grant and Deferred Compensation Plan for 
the  Board  of  Directors  (409A  Grandfathered  Component),  as  amended  and 
restated in its entirety, effective as of January 1, 2009 is incorporated herein by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(l)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the year ended December 31, 2008. 

Union Pacific Corporation 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, effective May 16, 2013, is 
incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.3  to  the  Corporation’s  Form  S-8 
dated May 17, 2013. 

UPC 2004 Stock Incentive Plan amended March 1, 2013,, is incorporated herein 
by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended March 31, 2013. 

Amended  and  Restated  Registration  Rights  Agreement,  dated  as  of  July  12, 
1996,  among  UPC,  UP  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Union  Pacific  Merger  Co.  and 
Southern  Pacific  Rail  Corporation  (SP)  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Annex  J  to  the  Joint  Proxy  Statement/Prospectus  included  in  Post-Effective 
Amendment No. 2 to UPC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-64707). 

Agreement,  dated  September  25,  1995,  among  UPC,  UPRR,  Missouri  Pacific 
Railroad  Company  (MPRR),  SP,  Southern  Pacific  Transportation  Company 

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10(t) 

10(u) 

10(v) 

10(w) 

10(x) 

10(y) 

10(z) 

10(aa) 

10(bb) 

10(cc) 

10(dd) 

10(ee) 

99 

(SPT),  The  Denver  &  Rio  Grande  Western  Railroad  Company  (D&RGW),  St. 
Louis Southwestern Railway Company (SLSRC) and SPCSL Corp. (SPCSL), on 
the  one  hand,  and  Burlington  Northern  Railroad  Company  (BN)  and  The 
Atchison,  Topeka  and  Santa  Fe  Railway  Company  (Santa  Fe),  on  the  other 
hand,  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  to  UPC’s  Registration 
Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-64707). 

Supplemental  Agreement,  dated  November  18,  1995,  between  UPC,  UPRR, 
MPRR, SP, SPT, D&RGW, SLSRC and SPCSL, on the one hand, and BN and 
Santa Fe, on the other hand, is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 
to UPC’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (No. 33-64707). 

The Pension Plan for Non-Employee Directors of UPC, as amended January 25, 
1996,  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(w)  to  the  Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995. 

Charitable  Contribution  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors  of  Union  Pacific 
Corporation  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(z)  to  the 
Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
1995. 

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Executives  is  incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

Form of Stock Unit Agreement for Executives is incorporated herein by reference 
to  Exhibit  10(b)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2012. 

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Executives  is  incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Form of Stock Unit Agreement for Executives is incorporated herein by reference 
to  Exhibit  10(b)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year 
ended December 31, 2013. 

Form  of  2012  Long  Term  Plan  Stock  Unit  Agreement  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(a)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the year ended December 31, 2011. 

Form  of  2013  Long  Term  Plan  Stock  Unit  Agreement  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(a)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the year ended December 31, 2012. 

Form  of  2014  Long  Term  Plan  Stock  Unit  Agreement  is  incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(a)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for 
the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Form  of  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement  for  Directors  is  incorporated 
herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(d)  to  the  Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on 
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004. 

Executive  Incentive  Plan  (2005)  –  Deferred  Compensation  Program,  dated 
December  21,  2005  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(g)  to  the 
Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2005. 

Form  of  U.S.  $1,700,000,000  5-Year  Revolving  Credit  Agreement  dated  as  of 
May  21,  2014,  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99(a)  to  the 
Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  June  30, 
2014. 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 12 

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES 
Union Pacific Corporation and Subsidiary Companies 

 Millions, Except for Ratios 
 Fixed charges: 
   Interest expense including 
      amortization of debt discount 
   Portion of rentals representing an interest factor 

 Total fixed charges 

 Earnings available for fixed charges: 
   Net income 
   Equity earnings net of distributions 
   Income taxes 
   Fixed charges 

2014 

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

$

$

 561 
 101   

 662 

$

$

 526 
 121   

 647 

$

$

 535 
 132   

 667 

$

$

 572 
 135   

 707 

$

$

 602 
 136 

 738 

$  5,180 

$  4,388 

$  3,943 

$  3,292 

 (59)  
 3,163   
 662   

 (57)  
 2,660   
 647   

 (55)  
 2,375   
 667   

 (38)  
 1,972   
 707   

$  2,780 
 (44)
 1,653 
 738 

 Earnings available for fixed charges 

$  8,946 

$  7,638 

$  6,930 

$  5,933 

$  5,127 

 Ratio of earnings to fixed charges 

13.5   

11.8   

10.4   

8.4 

6.9 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 

Name of Corporation 

State of 
Incorporation 

Union Pacific Railroad Company ......................................................................  
Southern Pacific Rail Corporation .....................................................................  

Delaware 
Utah 

Exhibit 21 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  Post-Effective  Amendment  No.  1  to  Registration 
Statement  No.  33-12513,  Registration  Statement  No.  33-53968,  Registration  Statement  No.  33-49785, 
Registration Statement No. 33-49849, Registration Statement No. 333-10797, Registration Statement No. 
333-88709, Registration Statement No. 333-42768, Registration Statement No. 333-106707, Registration 
Statement  No.  333-106708,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-105714,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-
105715,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-116003,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-132324,  Registration 
Statement  No.  333-155708,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-170209,  Registration  Statement  No.  333-
170208, and Registration No. 333-188671 on Form S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-164842 and 
Registration  No.  333-186548  on  Form  S-3  of  our  reports  dated  February  6,  2015,  relating  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation  and 
Subsidiary  Companies  (the  Corporation)  and  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation's  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  appearing  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation  and 
Subsidiary Companies for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Omaha, Nebraska 
February 6, 2015 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 24 

UNION PACIFIC CORPORATION 
Powers of Attorney  

Each  of  the  undersigned  directors  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation,  a  Utah  corporation  (the  Company),  do 
hereby appoint each of John J. Koraleski, Diane K. Duren, and James J. Theisen, Jr. his or her true and 
lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, to sign on his or her behalf the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  and  any  and  all  amendments  thereto,  and  to  file  the  same, 
with all exhibits thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Power of Attorney as of February 5, 2015.  

/s/ Andrew H. Card, Jr. 
Andrew H. Card, Jr. 

/s/ Erroll B. Davis, Jr. 
Erroll B. Davis, Jr. 

/s/ David B. Dillon 
David B. Dillon 

/s/ Judith Richards Hope 
Judith Richards Hope 

/s/ John J. Koraleski 
John J. Koraleski 

/s/ Charles C. Krulak 
Charles C. Krulak 

/s/ Michael R. McCarthy 
Michael R. McCarthy 

/s/ Michael W. McConnell 
Michael W. McConnell 

/s/ Thomas F. McLarty III 
Thomas F. McLarty III 

/s/ Steven R. Rogel 
Steven R. Rogel 

/s/ Jose H. Villarreal 
Jose H. Villarreal 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(a) 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

I, Lance M. Fritz, certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Union Pacific Corporation; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of 
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the 
registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)    Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and 
presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 
that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal 
quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)    All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s 
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have 
a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 6, 2015 

/s/ Lance M. Fritz                         
Lance M. Fritz  
   President and  

Chief Executive Officer 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31(b) 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER 

I, Robert M. Knight, Jr., certify that: 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Union Pacific Corporation; 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to 
state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which 
such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this 
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of 
the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

4.  The  registrant’s  other  certifying  officer(s)  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining 
disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Exchange  Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the 
registrant and have: 

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)    Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and 
presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting 
that  occurred  during  the  registrant’s  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant’s  fourth  fiscal 
quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to 
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

(a)    All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s 
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have 
a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: February 6, 2015 

/s/ Robert M. Knight, Jr.                         
Robert M. Knight, Jr.  

   Executive Vice President – Finance and   

Chief Financial Officer 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In  connection  with  the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation  (the  Corporation)  on 
Form  10-K  for  the  period  ending  December  31,  2014,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Lance M Fritz, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that: 

(1)  The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Corporation. 

By:  /s/ Lance M. Fritz 
Lance M. Fritz 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

February 6, 2015 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Corporation 
and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its 
staff upon request. 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

In  connection  with  the  accompanying  Annual  Report  of  Union  Pacific  Corporation  (the  Corporation)  on 
Form  10-K  for  the  period  ending  December  31,  2014,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 
Commission on the date hereof (the Report), I, Robert M. Knight, Jr., Executive Vice President - Finance 
and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Corporation,  certify,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of my knowledge, that: 

(1)  The  Report  fully  complies  with  the  requirements  of  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934; and 

(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial 

condition and results of operations of the Corporation. 

By:  /s/ Robert M. Knight, Jr. 
Robert M. Knight, Jr. 
Executive Vice President - Finance and  
Chief Financial Officer 
Union Pacific Corporation 

February 6, 2015 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Corporation 
and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its 
staff upon request. 

103